1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22150 28228 674072 702000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22197 58438
69 ;;;;;; 383460 447000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22150 28228
89 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22150 28228
100 ;;;;;; 754072 702000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22284 55604 194845
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22150 28227
242 ;;;;;; 338072 702000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22311 14138 946375 715000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22150
843 ;;;;;; 28226 938072 702000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22150 28228 350072
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22150 28228 674072
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22150 28226 942072
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22182
984 ;;;;;; 44208 579853 279000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22150 28227 46072
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22311 14138 958375
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22150 28226 946072
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22150 28229
1252 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22150 28228
1459 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22150
1487 ;;;;;; 28227 658072 702000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22150 28226 946072
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22150 28228
1563 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22192 2880 903382
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22302
1614 ;;;;;; 35693 265420 723000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22292 49734 698738
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22150 28228
1794 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22216 22852 972596
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22150
1850 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22150 28229
1887 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1926 Special information:
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22150 28229 86072 702000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22150 28228 226072
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22150 28228
2015 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22301 64691 837087
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22189 64323
2360 ;;;;;; 280321 19000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22150 28226 950072 702000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22150 28228 674072
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 758072 702000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22195
2793 ;;;;;; 16710 339344 967000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22192
2914 ;;;;;; 2880 911382 391000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22150 28227
2922 ;;;;;; 50072 702000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22150
2934 ;;;;;; 28227 50072 702000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22150 28227 26072 702000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22150 28227
3033 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22222 61645 281665
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22192 2880
3056 ;;;;;; 919382 391000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22150 28227 658072
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22312
3118 ;;;;;; 35002 232754 775000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22150 28228
3129 ;;;;;; 790072 702000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22162 19398
3228 ;;;;;; 889892 547000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22150
3387 ;;;;;; 28228 798072 702000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22321 49972
3439 ;;;;;; 996789 707000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22150 28228 106072
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22150 28227
3742 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22150 28227 146072
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22150 28228
3769 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22332 20294 657693
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3802 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22150 28227
3819 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22296 46772 428104 103000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22197
3844 ;;;;;; 58438 127460 447000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22150
4055 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22150 28227 274072
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22150
4133 ;;;;;; 28227 366072 702000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22220 19926
4217 ;;;;;; 380329 271000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22150 28228
4236 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22150 28227 274072
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22150 28227 274072 702000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22280 21348 921123 491000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22150 28229
4398 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22311 14139
4435 ;;;;;; 218375 715000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22197 58438 91460
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22150
4641 ;;;;;; 28229 94072 702000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22150 28228 674072
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22150
4826 ;;;;;; 28227 374072 702000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22197
4865 ;;;;;; 58438 427460 447000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22150 28228 806072
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22150 28227 374072
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22192 2874
5110 ;;;;;; 475382 391000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22311 14139
5127 ;;;;;; 66375 715000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22150 28227
5174 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22309 58853 326986 699000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22311 14138 970375
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5295 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5296 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5300 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5302 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5304 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5311 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5313 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5316 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5318 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5320 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5322 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5324 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5326 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5327 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5328 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5329 as part of Emacs itself.
5331 Each elements looks like this:
5333 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5335 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5336 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5337 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5338 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5339 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5340 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5341 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5344 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5346 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5347 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5352 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5353 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5354 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5355 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5357 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5359 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5361 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5362 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5363 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5366 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5367 that were added or redefined since that version.
5369 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5372 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5373 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5374 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5378 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5379 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5381 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5385 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5387 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5388 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5390 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5397 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5402 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5403 Customize all saved options and faces.
5407 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5408 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5409 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5410 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5411 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5412 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5414 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5415 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5416 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5418 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5423 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5425 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5426 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5430 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5431 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5433 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5435 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5436 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5437 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5438 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5444 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5445 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5446 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5452 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5454 The result includes selecting that window.
5455 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5456 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5457 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5460 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5462 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5465 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5467 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5468 File used for storing customization information.
5469 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5470 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5471 it should be an absolute file name.
5473 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5474 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5475 something like the following in your init file:
5477 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5480 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5481 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5483 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5484 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5485 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5486 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5487 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5489 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5490 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5491 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5492 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5493 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5494 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5495 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5496 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5497 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5498 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5500 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5502 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5503 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5507 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5508 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5512 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5513 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5514 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5516 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5518 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5519 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5520 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5521 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5522 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5524 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22150 28227 290072
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5532 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5533 Create or edit a custom theme.
5534 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5535 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5536 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5537 from the Custom save file.
5538 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5539 named *Custom Theme*.
5541 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5544 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5548 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5549 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5553 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5554 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5555 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5556 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22150 28229
5563 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5566 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5567 Mode used for cvs status output.
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22150 28228 810072
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5576 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5578 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5579 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5581 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5583 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5584 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5585 C++ modes are included.
5587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5593 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5595 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5596 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5597 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5598 for a description of this minor mode.
5599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5601 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5603 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5605 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5606 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5607 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5608 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5609 ARG is omitted or nil.
5611 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5612 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5613 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22150
5620 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5623 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5624 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5626 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5628 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5629 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5631 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5633 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5634 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5635 For readability, the table is slightly
5636 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5638 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5639 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5640 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5641 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5642 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5644 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22232 11079 208267
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5651 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5654 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5656 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5657 Completion on current word.
5658 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5659 and presents suggestions for completion.
5661 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5662 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5665 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5666 then it searches *all* buffers.
5668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5670 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5671 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5673 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5674 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5675 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5676 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5677 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5679 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5680 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5682 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5683 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5684 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5686 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5687 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5689 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22150 28227
5696 ;;;;;; 146072 702000))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5699 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5700 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5702 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5709 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5710 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5711 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5712 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5713 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22150 28228
5720 ;;;;;; 810072 702000))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5723 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5724 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5726 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5727 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5728 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5730 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5731 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5732 Data lines are not indented.
5737 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5739 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5740 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5741 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5742 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5744 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5747 Extra indentation within blocks.
5749 dcl-continuation-offset
5750 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5753 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5755 dcl-margin-label-offset
5756 Indentation for a label.
5758 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5759 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5761 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5762 dcl-block-end-regexp
5763 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5764 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5765 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5766 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5767 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5770 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5771 Two such functions are included in the package:
5772 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5776 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5777 One such function is included in the package:
5778 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5780 dcl-tab-always-indent
5781 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5782 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5785 dcl-electric-characters
5786 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5789 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5790 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5791 which words trigger electric indentation.
5794 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5795 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5796 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5798 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5799 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5800 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5801 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5803 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5804 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5805 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5806 dcl-imenu-label-call
5807 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5809 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5810 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5811 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5812 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5815 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5817 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5818 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5819 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5821 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5822 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5826 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5827 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5828 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5829 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5830 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5831 \"lined up with the command line\"
5833 Data lines are not indented at all.
5834 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5839 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5840 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22150 28227
5847 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5850 (setq debugger 'debug)
5852 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5853 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5854 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5857 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5858 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5859 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5861 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5863 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5864 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5866 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5868 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5869 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5870 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5871 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5872 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5873 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5875 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5876 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5881 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5882 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5883 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5884 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5886 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22150 28228
5891 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5894 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5895 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5899 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5900 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5901 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5902 Upper-case letters are commands.
5904 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5907 The most useful commands are:
5908 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5909 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5910 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5911 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5912 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5913 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22150 28227 290072
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5922 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5925 Customization of `columns' group.
5929 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5930 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5932 START and END delimits the text region.
5934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5937 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5939 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22311 14138 978375 715000))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5948 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5950 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5951 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5952 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5953 for a description of this minor mode.
5954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5956 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5958 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5960 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5961 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5963 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5964 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5966 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5967 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5968 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5969 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5971 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5972 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22229 34898
5979 ;;;;;; 796051 395000))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5982 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5983 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5985 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5987 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5988 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5989 or nil if there is no parent.
5990 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5991 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5992 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5993 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5994 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5996 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5997 arguments are currently understood:
5999 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6000 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6005 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6006 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6008 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6010 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6012 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6013 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6014 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6016 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6017 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6019 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6020 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6021 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6023 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6024 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6026 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6027 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6029 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6031 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6033 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6035 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6036 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6037 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6038 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6039 the first time the mode is used.
6041 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22338 59064 750791
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6049 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6050 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6051 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6052 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6053 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6054 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6057 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6059 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6060 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6061 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6062 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6064 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6065 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6066 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6068 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6069 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6070 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6071 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6072 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6073 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6076 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6079 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6081 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6082 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6083 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6084 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6085 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6086 minibuffer window for width limit.
6088 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6089 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22348 8503 57396 683000))
6096 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6098 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6099 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6100 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6101 for a description of this minor mode.
6102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6104 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6106 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6108 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6109 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6114 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6115 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6116 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6117 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6119 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6120 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6122 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6123 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6125 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6127 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6131 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6132 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6133 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6134 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6136 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6138 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6139 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6141 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6142 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6143 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6145 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6146 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6148 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6149 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6150 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6152 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6154 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6155 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6157 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6159 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6160 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6168 `desktop-file-version'
6169 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6170 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6171 `desktop-buffer-point'
6172 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6173 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6174 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6176 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6177 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6179 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6182 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6184 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6185 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6187 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6188 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6189 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6191 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6193 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6194 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6195 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6196 List elements must have the form
6198 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6200 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6203 Handlers are called with argument list
6205 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6207 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6209 `desktop-file-version'
6210 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6211 `desktop-buffer-name'
6212 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6213 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6214 `desktop-buffer-point'
6215 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6216 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6217 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6219 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6220 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6223 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6226 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6228 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6229 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6231 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6232 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6233 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6235 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6237 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6239 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6241 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6242 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6243 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6244 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6245 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6250 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6251 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6252 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6253 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6254 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6255 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6256 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6257 do not rewrite the file.
6259 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6260 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6261 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6262 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6263 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6266 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6267 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6268 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6269 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6270 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6271 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6272 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6273 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6274 without further confirmation.
6276 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6278 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6279 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6280 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6284 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6285 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6286 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6287 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6288 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6289 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6290 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6291 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6293 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6295 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6296 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6297 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6301 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6303 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6304 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6305 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6306 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6309 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6311 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6312 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6316 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6317 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22150 28227
6324 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6327 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6328 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6329 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6330 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6331 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6332 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6337 Repair a broken attribution line.
6338 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6340 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6342 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6343 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6344 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6345 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6347 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6349 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6350 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22192
6357 ;;;;;; 2880 939382 391000))
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6360 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6361 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6362 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6363 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6364 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6368 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6369 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6370 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6371 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6373 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6374 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6375 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6376 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6378 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6379 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6381 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6382 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6383 calendar-date-style \\='european
6384 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6386 \(diary-mail-entries)
6388 # diary-rem.el ends here
6390 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6392 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6393 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22308 37947 246422 527000))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6402 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6403 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6405 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6407 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6408 The command to use to run diff.")
6410 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6412 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6413 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6414 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6415 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6416 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6417 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6419 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6420 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6421 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6423 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6425 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6426 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6427 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6428 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6429 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6430 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6432 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6434 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6435 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6439 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6440 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6441 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22150 28229
6448 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
6449 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6451 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6452 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6453 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6456 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6457 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6458 headers for you on-the-fly.
6460 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6461 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6462 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6468 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6469 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6470 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6471 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6472 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6474 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6483 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6484 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6485 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6487 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22313 55864 533239 164000))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6494 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6495 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6496 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6497 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6498 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6499 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6500 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6501 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6503 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6505 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6506 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6507 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6508 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6509 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6510 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6512 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6513 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6514 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6515 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6517 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6518 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6520 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6521 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6522 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6523 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6524 listing have no effect.
6526 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6527 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6528 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6530 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6532 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6535 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6536 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6538 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6539 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6541 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6542 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6544 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6546 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6547 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6549 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6551 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6552 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6553 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6554 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6555 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6556 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6557 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6558 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6559 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6560 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6561 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6562 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6563 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6564 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6565 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6566 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6567 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6568 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6569 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6570 to see why something went wrong.
6571 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6572 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6573 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6574 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6575 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6576 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6577 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6578 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6579 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6580 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6581 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6582 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6583 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6585 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6586 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6587 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6588 again for the directory tree.
6590 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6593 `dired-listing-switches'
6594 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6597 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6598 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6599 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6600 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6602 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6604 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6605 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6612 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6613 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22150 28227 310072
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6621 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6622 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6624 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6625 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6627 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6628 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6629 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6631 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6632 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6637 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6638 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6639 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6640 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6641 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6642 from `default-directory'.
6644 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22270 22707
6649 ;;;;;; 603851 575000))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6652 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6653 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6654 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6655 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6656 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6657 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6659 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22150 28227 310072
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6667 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6668 Return a new, empty display table.
6672 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6673 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6674 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6675 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6676 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6678 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6680 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6681 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6682 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6683 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6684 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6686 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6688 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6689 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6693 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6694 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6698 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6699 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6701 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6702 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6704 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6705 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6708 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6709 in the default way after this call.
6713 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6714 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6719 Display character C using printable string S.
6723 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6724 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6725 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6726 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6728 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6730 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6731 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6732 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6735 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6737 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6738 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6740 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6743 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6745 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6748 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6750 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6752 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6753 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6755 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6758 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6760 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6763 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6765 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6766 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6768 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6769 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6771 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6772 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6773 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6774 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6776 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6777 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6778 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22150 28228
6786 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6789 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6790 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6791 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6792 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6793 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6794 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6795 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22150 28227 314072 702000))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6805 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6806 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6807 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6808 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6809 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6810 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6812 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6813 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6814 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6815 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6816 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6818 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22150 28229
6823 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6826 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6827 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6828 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6829 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6830 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6831 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6832 table and its own syntax table.
6834 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6837 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6839 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6840 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22253 13631 322961
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6850 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6851 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6852 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6853 OpenDocument format).
6855 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6858 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6860 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6861 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6863 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6864 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6865 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6869 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6870 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6871 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6872 to the next best mode.
6876 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6877 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6882 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6886 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22150 28228 678072
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6897 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6898 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6907 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6908 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6913 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6914 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22160 10656 10679
6922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6923 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6925 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6926 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22311
6933 ;;;;;; 14139 6375 715000))
6934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6936 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6938 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6940 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6941 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6942 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6944 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6945 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6946 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6947 and disables it otherwise.
6949 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6950 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6951 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6952 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6954 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6955 documenting what its argument does.
6957 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6958 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6959 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6960 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6961 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6962 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6963 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6964 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6966 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6967 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6968 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6969 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6970 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6971 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6972 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6973 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6974 the minor mode is global):
6976 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6977 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6978 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6979 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6980 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6981 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6982 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6983 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6984 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6985 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6986 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6987 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6988 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6989 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6990 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6991 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6992 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6993 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6994 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6995 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6998 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6999 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7001 For example, you could write
7002 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7003 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7006 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7008 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7010 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7012 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7014 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7015 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7016 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7017 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7018 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7019 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7020 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7021 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7022 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7023 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7024 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7025 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7027 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7028 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7029 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7030 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7031 call another major mode in their body.
7033 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7034 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7035 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7037 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7039 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7041 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7042 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7043 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7044 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7045 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7046 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7047 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7049 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7051 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7052 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7053 :inherit Parent keymap.
7055 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7056 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7058 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7060 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7061 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7062 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7063 the constant's documentation.
7065 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7067 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7068 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7069 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7071 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22150
7076 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7079 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7080 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7081 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7082 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7084 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7085 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7086 as a top-level menu bar item.
7088 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7089 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7093 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7094 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7095 items to actually display.
7098 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7099 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7100 alias for `:visible'.
7103 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7104 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7105 an alias for `:active'.
7107 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7108 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7110 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7112 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7114 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7115 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7117 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7118 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7120 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7122 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7124 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7125 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7128 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7129 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7130 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7131 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7134 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7135 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7136 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7137 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7140 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7141 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7142 alias for `:active'.
7145 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7146 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7150 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7151 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7154 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7155 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7158 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7159 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7160 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7163 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7164 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7167 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7169 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7170 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7171 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7173 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7174 MENU. This is a submenu.
7176 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7178 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7180 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7186 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7187 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7188 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7190 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7192 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7193 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7194 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7195 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7196 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7197 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7199 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7200 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7201 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7203 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7204 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7205 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7207 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7208 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7210 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22150 28228
7215 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7217 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7219 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7220 Customization for ebnf group.
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7229 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7232 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after process termination.
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7249 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7250 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7253 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7254 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7255 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7256 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7262 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7264 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7269 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7271 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7274 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7276 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7281 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7282 killed after process termination.
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7286 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7290 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7291 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7293 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7299 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7301 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7310 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7313 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after EPS generation.
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7330 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7331 The EPS file name has the following form:
7333 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7335 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7336 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7338 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7339 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7340 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7341 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7342 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7344 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7352 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7353 The EPS file name has the following form:
7355 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7357 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7358 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7360 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7361 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7362 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7363 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7364 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7366 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7369 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7371 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7376 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7378 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7381 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7383 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7388 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7389 killed after syntax checking.
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7393 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7403 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7420 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7422 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7436 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Set STYLE as the current style.
7441 Returns the old style symbol.
7443 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7447 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7448 Reset current style.
7450 Returns the old style symbol.
7452 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7454 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7456 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7457 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7459 Returns the old style symbol.
7461 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7463 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7465 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7468 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7470 Returns the old style symbol.
7472 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7474 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22150 28228
7481 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7485 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7486 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7487 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7488 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7489 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7491 Tree mode key bindings:
7492 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7497 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7502 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7507 View declaration of member at point.
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7512 Find declaration of member at point.
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7517 View definition of member at point.
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7522 Find definition of member at point.
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7527 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7532 View definition of member at point in other window.
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7537 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7542 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7547 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7552 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7557 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7558 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7559 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7562 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7565 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7566 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7567 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7569 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7572 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7573 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7574 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7576 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7579 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7580 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7585 Search for call sites of a member.
7586 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7587 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7588 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7589 looks like a function call to the member.
7591 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7594 Move backward in the position stack.
7595 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7599 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7600 Move forward in the position stack.
7601 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7605 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7606 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7611 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7616 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7617 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7618 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7620 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7622 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7623 Display statistics for a class tree.
7629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22150 28227 318072
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7633 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7634 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7635 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7636 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7637 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7638 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7639 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7641 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7643 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7644 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7645 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7646 also has this effect.
7647 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7648 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7649 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7650 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7652 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7654 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7655 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7656 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22150 28227 318072
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7666 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7667 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7668 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7670 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22150 28227
7675 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7678 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7687 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7689 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7690 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7691 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7692 for a description of this minor mode.
7693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7695 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7697 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7699 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7700 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7705 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7706 an EDE controlled project.
7708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22189 64323
7713 ;;;;;; 92321 19000))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7716 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7717 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7718 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7719 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7720 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7722 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7723 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7724 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7725 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7727 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7729 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7730 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7731 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7732 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7734 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7736 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7737 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7738 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7739 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7741 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7743 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7745 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7746 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7747 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7748 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7749 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7751 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7752 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7753 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7754 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7755 instrumented for Edebug.
7757 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7758 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7759 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7760 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7765 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7766 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7770 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7771 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22150 28229 274072 702000))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7779 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7784 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7791 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7793 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7796 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7797 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7798 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8007 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8012 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8017 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8027 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8032 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8037 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8042 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22150 28229
8050 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8053 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22189 64323
8061 ;;;;;; 332321 19000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8064 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8065 Display Ediff's registry.
8069 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22150 28229
8074 ;;;;;; 270072 702000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8077 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8078 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8079 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8084 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8085 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8086 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8087 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22150 28227 318072
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8096 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8098 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8099 Edit a keyboard macro.
8100 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8101 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8102 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8104 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8106 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8108 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8109 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8111 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8113 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8114 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8116 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8120 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8121 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8122 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8123 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8125 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8126 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8127 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8128 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8130 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8133 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8134 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8135 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8136 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8137 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8139 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22204 31687 809113
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8147 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8149 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8150 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8152 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8155 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8164 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8165 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8166 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8167 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8168 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8169 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8170 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8172 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8173 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8175 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8176 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8177 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8178 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8180 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8181 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8182 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8184 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8185 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8186 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8188 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8190 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8193 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22321 50034
8198 ;;;;;; 860789 707000))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8200 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22150
8205 ;;;;;; 28612 762072 702000))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8207 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8209 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8210 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8211 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8212 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8213 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8214 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8215 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8217 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22150 28227 322072
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8225 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8226 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8228 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8229 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8230 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8232 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8234 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8235 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8236 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8237 for a description of this minor mode.
8238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8240 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8242 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8244 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8245 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8250 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8251 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8252 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8253 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8258 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22150 28227 322072
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8268 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8269 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8271 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8272 an elided material again.
8274 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22150 28227
8281 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8284 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8289 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8290 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8291 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8293 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8296 Lint the current buffer.
8297 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8301 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8302 Lint the function at point.
8303 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8307 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8309 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8310 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8312 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22150 28227 422072
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8320 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8321 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8322 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8324 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8327 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8328 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8329 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8331 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8334 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8335 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8337 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8339 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8342 Display current profiling results.
8343 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8344 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22150 28227 458072
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8355 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8356 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8357 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8358 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8359 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8360 ARG is omitted or nil.
8362 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8363 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8364 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8367 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8369 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8370 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8371 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8373 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22150 28228
8380 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8383 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8384 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8385 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8387 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8389 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8397 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two files.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8405 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8410 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8413 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8415 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8430 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8435 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8440 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8443 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8445 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8450 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22150 28229
8455 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8458 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8459 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8460 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8461 text/enriched format.
8463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8464 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8465 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8467 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8469 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8470 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8474 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8481 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8483 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8493 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8494 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8499 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8501 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8504 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8505 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8506 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8507 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8508 the keys are listed.
8509 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8511 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8515 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8517 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8524 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8525 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8527 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8530 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8532 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8535 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8537 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8538 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8539 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8540 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8542 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8543 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8544 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8545 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8546 should consider using the string based counterpart
8547 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8548 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8552 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8553 (decode-coding-string
8554 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8557 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8560 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8562 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8563 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8567 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8569 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8570 Verify the current region between START and END.
8572 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8576 should consider using the string based counterpart
8577 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8578 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8582 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8583 (decode-coding-string
8584 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8589 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8591 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8592 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8593 between START and END.
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8598 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8600 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8602 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8603 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8605 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8607 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8608 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8609 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8610 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8614 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8617 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8619 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8621 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8623 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8624 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8626 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8627 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8628 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8629 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8630 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8631 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8635 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8638 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8641 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8643 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8645 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8646 Delete selected KEYS.
8648 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8651 Import keys from FILE.
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8656 Import keys from the region.
8658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8661 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8662 between START and END.
8664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8667 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8669 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8672 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22150 28227 478072
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22150 28227 482072
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22150 28227 482072
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8729 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8730 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8737 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8738 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8739 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8743 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8745 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8746 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8747 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8751 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8753 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8754 Sign the current buffer.
8755 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8759 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8762 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8763 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8764 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8765 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8766 and also whether and how to sign.
8768 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8769 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8770 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8772 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8774 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8776 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8777 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8778 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8782 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8784 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8785 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8786 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8787 for a description of this minor mode.
8788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8789 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8790 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8792 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8794 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8795 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8797 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8798 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22217 43732 468164 355000))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8806 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8808 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8809 Return a context object.
8811 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22334 62023 634741
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8819 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8820 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8821 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8822 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8824 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8825 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8826 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8827 entry until the version requirement is met.
8829 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8832 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8836 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8838 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8839 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8841 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8844 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8846 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22197 58438 151460 447000))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8852 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8854 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8855 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8859 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8860 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8861 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8863 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8865 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8866 (server (erc-compute-server))
8867 (port (erc-compute-port))
8868 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8870 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8872 That is, if called with
8874 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8876 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8877 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8878 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8880 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8882 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8884 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8885 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8886 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8888 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8890 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8891 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8892 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8893 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8895 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22150
8900 ;;;;;; 28227 506072 702000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22195 16710
8907 ;;;;;; 391344 967000))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22150 28227
8914 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22150 28227
8921 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22150 28227 510072
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 Parser for /dcc command.
8934 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8935 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8936 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8938 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8941 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8945 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8946 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8948 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8949 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8950 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8953 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 510072 702000))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22150
8965 ;;;;;; 28227 510072 702000))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8968 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8971 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8975 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8976 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8978 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8988 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9013 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9020 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9021 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22150 28227 510072
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9032 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9033 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9034 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22150 28227
9041 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9045 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9046 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9047 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9048 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9049 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9050 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9053 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9055 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9058 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22150 28227
9063 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22150 28227 514072
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9076 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22150 28227 514072
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9083 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22150 28227 514072
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9092 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9093 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9094 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9095 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9096 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9097 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9101 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9102 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9103 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9104 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9106 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9107 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9110 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9111 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22150 28227
9118 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9122 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9127 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9132 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9137 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9142 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9147 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9152 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9157 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22150 28227 514072
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22150
9172 ;;;;;; 28227 514072 702000))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9176 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22189
9184 ;;;;;; 64323 128321 19000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9188 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9189 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9190 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9194 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9195 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22150 28227
9202 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9206 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9207 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9208 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9209 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9211 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9213 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22150 28227 518072
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22195
9228 ;;;;;; 16710 595344 967000))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22150 28227
9235 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22150 28227 518072
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22150
9249 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9254 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9258 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9259 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9260 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9262 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22150 28227
9267 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22150
9274 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9277 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9278 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9279 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22150
9286 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22150 28227
9293 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22195 16710
9300 ;;;;;; 599344 967000))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9303 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9304 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9305 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9306 for a description of this minor mode.")
9308 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9310 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9311 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9316 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9317 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9318 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9319 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22150
9327 ;;;;;; 28227 522072 702000))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9331 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9332 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9333 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9334 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9336 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9338 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9339 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9340 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22150 28227 522072
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9351 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9352 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22182 4679 395463
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9362 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9363 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9365 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9366 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9368 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9369 useful for assertions in BODY.
9371 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9373 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9374 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9375 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9377 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9379 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9381 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9383 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9385 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9387 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9388 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9390 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9391 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9392 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9393 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9395 Returns the stats object.
9397 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9399 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9400 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9402 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9403 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9404 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9407 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9409 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9410 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9412 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9413 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9414 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9415 and how to display message.
9417 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9419 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9421 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9422 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9424 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22150 28227
9429 ;;;;;; 426072 702000))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9432 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9434 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9435 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22150 28227
9442 ;;;;;; 542072 702000))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9445 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9446 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22150 28227 542072
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9455 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9457 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9458 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9459 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9460 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9461 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9462 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9463 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9464 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9465 buffer selected (or created).
9467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9469 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9470 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9471 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9473 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9475 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9476 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9477 The result might be any Lisp object.
9478 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9479 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9480 corresponding to a successful execution.
9482 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9484 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22315 11204 909560
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9492 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9493 File name of tags table.
9494 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9495 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9496 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9498 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9500 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9501 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9502 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9503 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9505 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9507 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9508 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9509 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9510 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9511 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9512 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9514 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9516 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9517 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9518 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9522 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9523 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9524 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9525 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9526 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9528 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9530 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9531 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9532 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9533 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9535 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9537 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9538 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9539 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9540 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9541 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9543 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9545 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9546 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9550 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9551 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9552 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9553 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9555 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9556 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9557 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9558 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9559 file the tag was in.
9561 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9563 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9564 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9565 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9566 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9567 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9568 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9569 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9570 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9571 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9573 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9575 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9576 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9577 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9578 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9579 without directory names.
9583 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9587 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9588 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9591 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9596 but does not select the buffer.
9597 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9603 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9615 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9617 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9636 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9638 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9639 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9640 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9641 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9642 around or before point.
9644 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9645 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9646 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9647 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9648 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9650 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9652 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9653 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9654 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9656 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9658 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9660 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9662 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9663 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9664 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9665 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9666 around or before point.
9668 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9669 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9670 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9671 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9672 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9674 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9676 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9677 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9678 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9680 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9682 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9684 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9686 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9687 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9688 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9690 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9691 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9692 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9693 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9694 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9696 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9698 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9699 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9700 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9702 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9704 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9706 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9708 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9710 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9711 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9713 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9714 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9715 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9717 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9718 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9720 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9721 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9723 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9725 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9726 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9727 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9728 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9730 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9731 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9732 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9733 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9734 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9736 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9739 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9740 Stops when a match is found.
9741 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9743 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9744 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9745 restricted to these files.
9747 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9752 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9753 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9754 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9755 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9756 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9757 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9758 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9760 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9761 produce the list of files to search.
9763 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9765 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9768 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9769 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9770 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9771 directory specification.
9773 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9776 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9780 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9782 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9783 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9784 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9785 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9789 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9790 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9791 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9792 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9793 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9797 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22150
9805 ;;;;;; 28228 166072 702000))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9808 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9813 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9819 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9820 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9823 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9824 even if the buffer is read-only.
9826 See also the descriptions of the variables
9827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9829 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9831 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9832 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9834 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9835 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9837 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9838 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9841 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9842 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9844 See also the descriptions of the variables
9845 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9847 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9849 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9850 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9851 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9852 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9854 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9856 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9857 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9858 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9859 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9861 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9862 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9865 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9866 buffer is read-only.
9868 See also the descriptions of the variables
9869 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9870 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9872 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9874 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9875 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9877 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9878 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9880 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9881 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9882 the primary language.
9884 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9885 buffer is read-only.
9887 See also the descriptions of the variables
9888 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9889 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9891 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9893 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9895 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9897 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9900 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9904 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9905 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9907 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9908 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9911 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9912 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9913 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9915 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9917 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9920 This function is deprecated.
9924 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9929 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9930 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9937 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9938 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9940 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9941 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9945 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9950 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9951 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9955 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9956 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9960 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9961 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9962 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9966 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9969 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9976 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9977 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9978 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9979 server for future sessions.
9981 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9983 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9984 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9985 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9987 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9990 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9995 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9996 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9997 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9998 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9999 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10000 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10001 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10002 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10003 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10004 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10005 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10006 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10008 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10011 Display a form to query the directory server.
10012 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10013 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10015 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10017 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10018 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10019 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10023 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22150 28228 354072
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10031 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10032 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10036 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10037 Display URL and make it clickable.
10039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10041 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10042 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10044 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10046 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10049 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10051 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10056 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10057 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10059 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22150 28228
10064 ;;;;;; 354072 702000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10067 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10068 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10069 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10073 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10074 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22150
10081 ;;;;;; 28228 354072 702000))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10084 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10085 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22150 28227 430072
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10095 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10096 Create an empty ewoc.
10098 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10100 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10101 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10102 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10103 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10104 `insert-before-markers'.
10106 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10107 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10108 respectively, of the ewoc.
10110 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10111 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10112 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10114 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22229 34898 904051 395000))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10121 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10122 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10123 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10124 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10125 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10127 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10129 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10130 Fetch URL and render the page.
10131 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10132 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10135 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10137 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10138 Render FILE using EWW.
10142 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10143 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10144 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10146 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10148 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10149 Mode for browsing the web.
10153 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10159 Display the bookmarks.
10165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22150
10166 ;;;;;; 28228 818072 702000))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10169 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10170 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10171 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10173 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10175 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10176 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10177 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10178 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10179 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10181 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10183 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10184 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10185 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10186 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10187 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10190 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10192 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10193 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10194 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22150 28227 542072 702000))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10204 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10205 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10206 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10207 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10209 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10211 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10212 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10213 to generate such functions.
10215 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10216 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10217 beginning of the expanded text.
10219 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10220 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10221 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10222 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10224 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10226 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10229 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10230 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10234 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10235 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10236 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10240 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10241 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10242 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10245 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10246 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22197 58438 431460
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10254 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10255 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10256 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10258 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10259 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10260 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10262 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10267 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10270 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10272 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10274 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10275 `f90-program-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10278 `f90-associate-indent'
10279 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10280 `f90-critical-indent'
10281 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10282 `f90-continuation-indent'
10283 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10284 `f90-comment-region'
10285 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10286 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10287 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10288 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10290 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10291 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10292 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10293 `f90-break-delimiters'
10294 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10295 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10296 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10297 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10299 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10300 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10302 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10303 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10304 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10305 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10306 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10307 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10308 `f90-leave-line-no'
10309 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10311 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10312 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22283 34751 141333
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10322 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10323 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10324 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10325 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10327 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10328 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10329 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10330 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10331 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10333 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10334 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10335 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10336 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10337 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10338 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10341 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10342 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10348 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10349 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10351 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10353 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10354 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10355 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10356 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10358 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10359 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10360 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10362 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10363 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10364 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10365 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10367 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10369 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10370 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10371 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10373 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10374 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10375 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10378 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10381 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10382 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10384 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10385 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10386 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10387 will remove any scaling currently active.
10391 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10392 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10393 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10397 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10398 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10401 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10402 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10404 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10406 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10407 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10409 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10410 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10411 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10413 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10414 the face height as long as the input event read
10415 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10417 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10418 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10419 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10420 will remove any scaling currently active.
10422 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10423 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10424 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10425 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10426 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10430 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10431 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10433 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10434 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10435 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10439 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10440 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10441 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10442 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10443 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10444 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10445 `buffer-face-mode'.
10447 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10448 local, and sets it to FACE.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10453 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10454 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10455 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10456 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10457 `face' text property.
10459 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10460 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10461 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10462 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10464 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10465 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10467 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10470 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10471 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10472 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10479 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10481 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10483 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10484 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10485 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10486 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10490 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10491 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10495 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10496 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10497 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10498 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10502 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10503 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10504 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10505 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10506 backup file names and the like).
10508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10511 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10512 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10513 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10514 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10515 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10516 internally by feedmail):
10518 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10519 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10520 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10521 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10523 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10524 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10525 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10526 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10527 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10529 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22279 37684 340180 436000))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10536 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10537 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10538 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10539 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10540 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10541 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10542 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10544 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10546 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10547 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10548 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10549 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10550 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10551 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10552 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10554 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10556 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10558 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10559 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10560 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10561 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10562 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10563 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10565 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10567 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10568 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10569 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10571 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10572 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10577 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10578 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10579 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10584 Try to get a file name at point.
10585 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10589 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10590 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22150 28227 554072
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10601 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10602 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10603 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10605 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10608 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10609 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10610 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10611 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10612 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10614 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10617 Add FILE to the file cache.
10621 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10622 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10623 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10625 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10627 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10628 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10629 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10631 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10634 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10635 This function does not use any external programs.
10636 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10637 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10638 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10640 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10643 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10644 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10645 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10646 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10647 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10648 \(directories) is done.
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22230 55750 327718
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10658 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10659 Handle file system monitoring event.
10660 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10662 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10664 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10666 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 64323 128321
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10674 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10675 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10677 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10678 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10679 Local Variables list.
10681 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10682 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10683 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10685 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10687 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10688 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10690 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10692 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10693 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10695 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10696 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10699 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10700 then this function adds it.
10702 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10704 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10705 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10707 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10709 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10710 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10712 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10714 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10715 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10717 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10719 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10720 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10724 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10725 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10729 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10730 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22150 28227 578072
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10740 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10741 Filesets initialization.
10742 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22150 28227 578072
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10751 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10753 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10754 Initiate the building of a find command.
10757 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10758 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10760 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10762 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10763 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10765 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22150 28227 578072
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10773 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10774 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10775 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10777 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10779 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10780 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10782 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10784 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10785 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10786 and run Dired on those files.
10787 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10788 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10790 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10792 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10794 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10796 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10797 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10798 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10800 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10801 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10803 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10804 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10806 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22150 28227 578072
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10814 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10815 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10816 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10817 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10818 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10819 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10820 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10822 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10824 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10825 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10826 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10828 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10830 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10832 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10834 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10835 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10836 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10838 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10839 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10841 Variables of interest include:
10843 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10844 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10845 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10847 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10848 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10849 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10851 - `ff-ignore-include'
10852 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10854 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10855 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10858 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10860 - `ff-special-constructs'
10861 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10862 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10863 extracting the filename from that construct.
10865 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10866 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10868 - `ff-search-directories'
10869 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10870 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10872 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10873 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10875 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10876 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10878 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10879 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10881 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10882 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10884 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10885 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10887 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10890 Visit the file you click on.
10892 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10894 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10895 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10897 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22343
10902 ;;;;;; 35624 796272 343000))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10905 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10906 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10907 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10909 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10912 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10913 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10914 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10916 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10917 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10918 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10919 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10921 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10923 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10924 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10926 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10927 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10928 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10929 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10931 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10932 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10933 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10935 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10936 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10939 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10941 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10942 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10944 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10945 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10946 places point before the definition.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10949 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10950 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10953 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10955 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10956 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10958 See `find-function' for more details.
10960 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10962 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10963 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10965 See `find-function' for more details.
10967 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10969 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10970 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10972 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10973 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10974 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10976 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10977 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10979 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10981 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10982 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10984 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10985 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10986 places point before the definition.
10988 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10990 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10991 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10992 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10994 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10996 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10997 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10999 See `find-variable' for more details.
11001 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11003 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11004 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11006 See `find-variable' for more details.
11008 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11010 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11011 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11012 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11013 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11014 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11015 buffer nor display it.
11017 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11018 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11020 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11022 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11023 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11025 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11026 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11027 places point before the definition.
11029 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11031 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11032 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11033 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11037 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11038 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11039 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11043 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11044 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11045 See `find-function-on-key'.
11049 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11050 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11051 See `find-function-on-key'.
11055 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11056 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11060 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11061 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11065 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11066 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22311 14139 134375
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11076 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11077 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11079 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11081 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11082 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11086 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11087 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11089 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22150 28227 578072 702000))
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11095 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11097 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11098 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11102 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11103 Display FILE's commentary section.
11104 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11108 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11109 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22150 28227 578072
11117 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11119 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11120 Toggle flow control handling.
11121 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11122 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11124 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11126 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11127 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11128 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11129 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11130 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11131 to get the effect of a C-q.
11133 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22150 28227
11138 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11141 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11146 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11149 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22150 28228
11154 ;;;;;; 818072 702000))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11156 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11158 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11159 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11163 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11167 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11168 Turn flymake mode on.
11172 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11173 Turn flymake mode off.
11177 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22197 58438
11185 ;;;;;; 711460 447000))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11188 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11189 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11192 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11194 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11195 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11200 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11201 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11202 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11205 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11206 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11207 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11208 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11211 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11214 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11215 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11216 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11218 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11220 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11223 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11224 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11228 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11229 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11233 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11234 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11238 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11239 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11243 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11244 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11246 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11248 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11249 Flyspell whole buffer.
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22150 28227 582072
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11258 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22308 37947 126422 527000))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11265 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11266 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11270 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11271 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11275 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11276 Toggle Follow mode.
11277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11281 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11282 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11284 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11285 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11286 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11288 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11289 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11290 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11293 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11294 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11295 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11296 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11297 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11300 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11301 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11303 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11305 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11307 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11308 \\{follow-mode-map}
11310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11312 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11313 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11314 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11316 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11317 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11319 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11320 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11322 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11326 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11327 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11328 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11330 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11331 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11333 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11334 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11336 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11340 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11341 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11343 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11344 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11346 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11347 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11349 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11353 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11354 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11356 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11357 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11359 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11360 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11362 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11366 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11367 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11369 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11370 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11371 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11372 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11373 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11374 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11376 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11377 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11378 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22349 57434
11385 ;;;;;; 509387 559000))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11387 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11389 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11390 Toggle Footnote mode.
11391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11395 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11396 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11397 play around with the following keys:
11398 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22253 13631 334961 36000))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11407 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11408 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11410 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11411 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11412 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11413 C-c < forms-first-record <
11414 C-c > forms-last-record >
11415 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11416 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11417 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11418 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11419 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11420 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11421 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11422 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11423 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11424 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11426 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11428 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11429 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11433 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11434 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22153 4424
11441 ;;;;;; 620360 262000))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11444 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11445 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11446 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11448 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11449 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11451 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11454 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11456 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11458 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11459 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11460 `fortran-do-indent'
11461 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11462 `fortran-if-indent'
11463 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11464 `fortran-structure-indent'
11465 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11467 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11468 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11469 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11470 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11471 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11472 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11473 nil don't change the indentation
11474 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11476 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11477 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11478 depending on the continuation format in use.
11479 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11480 indentation for a line of code.
11482 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11483 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11484 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11485 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11486 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11487 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11488 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11489 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11490 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11491 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11493 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11494 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11495 statements (default nil).
11496 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11497 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11498 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11499 `fortran-continuation-string'
11500 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11501 line (default \"$\").
11502 `fortran-comment-region'
11503 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11504 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11505 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11506 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11507 as typed (default t).
11508 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11509 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11511 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11512 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22150 28228 678072
11520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11522 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11523 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11525 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11526 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11528 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11530 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11531 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11533 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11534 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11536 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11538 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11539 Compile fortune file.
11541 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11542 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11544 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11546 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11547 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11549 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11550 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11551 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11552 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11554 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11557 Display a fortune cookie.
11558 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11559 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11560 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11561 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11563 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22182 4679 399463
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11571 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11572 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11573 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11575 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11576 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11577 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11579 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11580 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11582 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11583 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11585 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11586 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11587 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11588 intend to modify existing values, do
11590 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11592 before changing anything.
11594 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11595 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11597 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11598 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11599 to restore the frame.
11601 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11602 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11603 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11605 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11606 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11607 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11608 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11609 FILTER A filter function.
11611 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11612 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11614 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11618 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11619 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11620 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11621 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11622 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11623 before restoring it.
11624 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11626 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11628 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11629 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11630 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11632 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11633 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11635 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11636 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11637 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11638 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11639 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11640 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11641 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11643 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11645 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11646 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11648 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11650 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11651 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11652 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11653 If nil, check all live frames.
11655 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11657 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11658 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11659 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11660 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11661 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11662 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11663 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11664 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11665 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11666 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11667 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11669 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11671 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11672 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11674 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11675 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11676 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11677 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11678 and window-state is not restored.
11680 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11681 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11683 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11684 t All existing frames can be reused.
11685 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11686 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11687 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11688 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11690 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11691 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11692 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11693 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11694 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11695 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11696 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11697 be created from that parameter alist.
11699 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11700 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11701 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11702 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11703 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11704 - the live frame just restored,
11705 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11706 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11707 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11709 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11710 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11711 nil Keep all frames.
11712 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11713 - FRAME, a live frame.
11714 - ACTION, which can be one of
11715 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11716 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11717 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11718 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11719 Return value is ignored.
11721 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11722 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11723 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11724 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11725 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11727 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11729 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11731 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11732 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11733 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11735 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11737 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11738 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11739 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11741 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11743 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11744 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11745 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11746 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11748 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11750 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22182 4679 471463
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11757 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22150 28228
11762 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11765 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11766 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11767 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11768 for a description of this minor mode.")
11770 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11772 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11773 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11774 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11775 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11776 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11777 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11778 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11783 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11784 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11785 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11787 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11788 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11789 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11790 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11791 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11793 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11794 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11795 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11796 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11798 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11799 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11800 shown in some of the buffers.
11802 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11804 The following commands help control operation :
11806 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11807 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11809 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11810 detailed description of this mode.
11813 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11815 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11816 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11820 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11821 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11822 | | (comint-mode) |
11829 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11830 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11831 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11832 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11833 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11834 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22150 28227
11841 ;;;;;; 430072 702000))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11844 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11845 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11846 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11847 instead (which see).")
11849 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11850 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11852 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11853 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11854 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11855 documentation string instead.
11857 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11858 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11859 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11860 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11861 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11862 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11863 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11864 enders are actually possible.
11866 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11867 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11869 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11870 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11871 `font-lock-keywords'.
11873 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11874 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11875 runs the macro expansion.
11877 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11878 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11879 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11881 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11883 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11885 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11887 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11889 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11890 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11892 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11894 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11895 Enter generic mode MODE.
11897 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11898 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11899 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11901 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11902 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11906 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11907 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11908 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11909 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11910 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11911 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11912 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11913 `font-lock-keywords'.
11915 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11917 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22150 28228
11922 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11925 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11926 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11928 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11929 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11930 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22272 64438
11937 ;;;;;; 224671 103000))
11938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11940 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11941 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11942 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11944 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11946 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11947 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11949 Guideline for numbers:
11951 3 - non-serious error messages
11952 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11953 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11954 9 - messages inside loops.
11956 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11958 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11959 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11960 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11962 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11964 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11965 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11967 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11969 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11970 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11972 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11973 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11974 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11975 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11976 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11977 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11979 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11980 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11981 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11982 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11983 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11985 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11987 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22165 43181 87854 955000))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11993 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11994 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11995 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11997 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11998 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
12000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12002 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12004 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12005 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12006 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12007 name of an NNTP server to use.
12008 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12011 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12014 Read news as a slave.
12016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12018 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12019 Pop up a frame to read news.
12020 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12021 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12022 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12023 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12024 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12025 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12026 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12027 current display is used.
12029 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12031 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12033 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12034 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12035 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12037 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22182 4679
12042 ;;;;;; 403463 499000))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12045 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12046 Start Gnus unplugged.
12050 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12051 Start Gnus plugged.
12055 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12056 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12060 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12061 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12063 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12064 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12065 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12067 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12068 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12069 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12073 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12074 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12078 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12079 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12080 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12081 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12082 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12085 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12088 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12089 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12090 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12091 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12094 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12096 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12097 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12101 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12102 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12103 downloaded into the agent.
12105 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12107 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12108 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12109 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12110 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12112 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12115 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12119 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12120 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12124 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12125 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12126 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12128 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22284 55604
12133 ;;;;;; 142845 171000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12136 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12137 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22150
12144 ;;;;;; 28227 674072 702000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12147 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12148 Set a bookmark for this article.
12152 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12153 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12155 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12158 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12159 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12160 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12161 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22150 28227
12168 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
12169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12171 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12172 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12175 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12179 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12180 Generate the cache active file.
12182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12184 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12185 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12189 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12190 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12191 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12192 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12193 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12196 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12198 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12199 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12200 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12201 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12202 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12205 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22150 28227
12210 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12213 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12214 Delay this article by some time.
12215 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12217 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12218 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12220 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12221 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12223 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12224 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12226 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12228 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12229 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12233 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12234 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12235 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12236 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12238 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12239 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12241 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22150 28227
12246 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12249 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12252 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12254 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12257 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22150 28227
12262 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12265 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12266 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22150 28227
12273 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12276 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12277 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22165 43181
12284 ;;;;;; 71854 955000))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12287 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12288 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12290 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12292 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12294 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12295 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12297 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12301 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12302 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12306 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12307 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12309 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12310 different input formats.
12314 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12315 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12317 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12318 different input formats.
12322 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12323 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12324 The PNG is returned as a string.
12326 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12329 Convert FILE to a Face.
12330 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12333 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12335 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12336 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12338 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12342 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12343 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22192
12350 ;;;;;; 2880 975382 391000))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12353 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12354 Display gravatar in the From header.
12355 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12357 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12359 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12360 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12361 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12363 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22150 28227
12368 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12371 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12372 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12373 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12374 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12376 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12379 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12381 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22150 28227
12386 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12389 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12392 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12394 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12397 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22189 64323
12402 ;;;;;; 180321 19000))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12405 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12407 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12408 Run batched scoring.
12409 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22150 28227 698072
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12419 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12424 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12425 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12426 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12428 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12430 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12431 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12433 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22150 28227
12440 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12443 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12444 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12445 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12446 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12449 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12450 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12451 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12452 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12454 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12455 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12456 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12457 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12458 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12459 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12460 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12461 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12462 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12463 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12465 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12467 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12468 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12469 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12472 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12473 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12475 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12477 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12478 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12479 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12481 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12485 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12486 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12487 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12489 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12491 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12492 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12493 existing groups are considered.
12495 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12496 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12499 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12500 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12501 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12502 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12503 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12504 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12505 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12506 clauses will be generated.
12508 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12509 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12510 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12511 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12512 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12513 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12515 For example, given the following group parameters:
12518 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12519 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12521 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12522 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12523 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12524 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12526 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12528 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12530 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12532 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12533 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12536 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22150 28227
12541 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12544 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12545 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12546 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12547 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12548 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12551 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12553 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12556 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12558 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12559 Like `message-reply'.
12561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12563 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12568 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 702072 702000))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12571 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12572 Send a notification on new message.
12573 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12574 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12575 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12577 This is typically a function to add in
12578 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22192 2880
12585 ;;;;;; 983382 391000))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12588 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12589 Display picons in the From header.
12590 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12594 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12595 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12596 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12600 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12601 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12602 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22150 28227
12609 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12612 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12613 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12614 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12615 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12617 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12620 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12621 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12627 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12630 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12632 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12635 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12637 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12638 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12639 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12641 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12643 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12644 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12645 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12647 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12649 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12652 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12657 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12658 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12659 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12661 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12663 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12664 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12665 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12667 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12669 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12670 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12672 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22150
12677 ;;;;;; 28227 702072 702000))
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12680 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12681 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12685 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12686 Install the registry hooks.
12692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22150 28227
12693 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12696 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12697 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12698 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12699 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12700 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12701 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12705 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12706 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12707 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12708 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12709 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12713 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22150 28227
12721 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12724 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12725 Update the format specification near point.
12731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22197 58438
12732 ;;;;;; 235460 447000))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12735 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12736 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12738 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22199 13769
12743 ;;;;;; 464900 836000))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12746 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12747 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12748 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12750 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22150 28227
12755 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12758 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12759 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12763 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12764 Install the sync hooks.
12770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22150 28227
12771 ;;;;;; 938072 702000))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12774 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12775 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12777 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22150 28228 358072
12783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12785 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12786 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12787 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12788 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12789 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12790 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12792 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12794 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22182 4679 471463
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12802 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12803 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12805 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12806 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12807 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12809 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12810 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12811 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12813 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12814 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12816 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12817 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12819 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12821 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22150 28228
12826 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12829 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12831 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12832 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12833 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12834 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12835 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12837 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12839 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12840 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12841 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12843 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12844 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12846 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12847 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12850 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12852 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12853 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12855 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12856 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12860 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12861 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22150 28227
12868 ;;;;;; 942072 702000))
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12871 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12872 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12873 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12875 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12877 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12878 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12880 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22296 46772 464104
12886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12888 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12889 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12891 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12893 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12894 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12895 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12896 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12897 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12899 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12900 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12901 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12903 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12905 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12906 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12907 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12908 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12909 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12911 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12913 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12914 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12916 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12918 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12919 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12921 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12922 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12923 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12925 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12926 The default find program.
12927 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12930 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12931 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12932 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12933 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12935 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12936 How to invoke find and grep.
12937 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12938 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12939 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12940 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12942 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12944 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12945 History list for grep.")
12947 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12948 History list for grep-find.")
12950 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12951 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12952 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12956 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12961 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12962 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12966 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12967 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12968 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12969 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12970 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12972 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12975 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12976 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12978 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12979 can easily repeat a grep command.
12981 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12982 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12983 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12986 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12988 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12989 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12990 Collect output in a buffer.
12991 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12992 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12994 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12995 easily repeat a find command.
12997 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12999 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13001 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13002 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13003 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13004 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13005 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13007 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13008 before it is executed.
13009 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13011 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13012 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13013 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13015 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13017 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13019 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13020 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13021 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13022 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13023 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13025 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13026 before it is executed.
13027 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13029 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13030 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13031 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13032 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13034 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13036 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13037 to specify a command to run.
13039 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13041 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13042 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13043 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13044 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13046 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13048 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13055 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13056 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13057 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13058 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13059 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13061 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22189 64323 288321
13067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13069 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13070 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13071 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13072 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13074 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13076 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13077 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13078 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13079 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13083 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13084 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13085 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13086 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13090 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13091 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13093 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13095 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13096 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13098 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13100 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13101 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13102 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13103 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13105 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13107 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13108 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13109 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13110 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13112 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13114 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13115 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13117 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13119 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13121 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13122 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13123 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13124 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13125 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13127 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13128 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13129 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13130 original source file access method.
13132 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13133 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13135 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13137 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13138 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13142 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13143 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13144 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13145 for a description of this minor mode.
13146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13148 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13150 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13152 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13153 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13156 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22150 28227 434072
13164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13166 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13167 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13168 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13169 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13170 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13171 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13172 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13174 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13176 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13178 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13179 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13180 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13182 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13183 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13184 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13186 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13187 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13189 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13191 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13193 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13194 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13195 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13196 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13197 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13199 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13201 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13203 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13206 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13208 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13210 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13212 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13213 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13214 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13215 well for simple place forms.
13216 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13217 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13218 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13219 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13220 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13221 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13222 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13224 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13226 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13228 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13229 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13230 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13231 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13232 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13234 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13235 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13237 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13239 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13241 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13243 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13244 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13245 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13246 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13247 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13248 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13250 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13252 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13254 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13255 Return a reference to PLACE.
13256 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13257 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13258 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13261 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22150 28228
13266 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13269 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13270 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13271 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13272 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13274 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13275 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13276 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13277 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13287 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13288 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13290 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13292 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13293 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13294 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13295 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13297 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13301 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13302 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13303 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13304 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22150 28228
13312 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13315 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13316 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13320 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13321 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13322 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13326 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13327 Verify a hashcash payment
13329 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13331 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13332 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13333 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13334 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13335 `mail-add-payment-async').
13337 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13339 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13340 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13341 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13342 Calculation is asynchronous.
13344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13346 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13347 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13348 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22150 28228 26072
13356 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13358 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13359 Return the help-echo string at point.
13360 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13361 property, or nil, is returned.
13362 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13363 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13364 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13366 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13368 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13369 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13370 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13371 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13372 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13376 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13377 Display local help in the echo area.
13378 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13379 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13380 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13383 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13384 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13385 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13389 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13390 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13391 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13395 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13396 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13397 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13401 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13402 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13403 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13404 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13405 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13406 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13407 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13408 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13409 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13410 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13411 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13413 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13414 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13415 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13416 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13417 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13419 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13420 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13421 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13422 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13423 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13424 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13425 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13426 The default is `never'.")
13428 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13430 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13431 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13432 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13433 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13434 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13435 considered different regions.
13437 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13438 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13439 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13440 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13441 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13442 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13443 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13444 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13445 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13447 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13449 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13450 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13451 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13452 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13455 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13456 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13457 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13458 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13459 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13460 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13461 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13462 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13464 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13465 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13466 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13467 rarely happens in practice.
13469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13471 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13472 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13473 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13474 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13475 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13476 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22211 4933 601358
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13486 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13487 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13489 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13491 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13492 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13493 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13495 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13497 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13498 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13499 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13500 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13501 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13502 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13503 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13505 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13506 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13507 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13508 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13509 suitable file is found, return nil.
13511 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13513 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13516 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13518 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13519 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13520 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13521 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13523 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13525 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13526 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13527 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13528 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13529 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13530 it is displayed along with the global value.
13532 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13534 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13535 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13536 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13537 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13538 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13539 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13541 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13543 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13544 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13545 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13546 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13550 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13551 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13552 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13553 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13554 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13558 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13559 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13563 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13564 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22150 28228 26072
13572 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13574 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13575 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13576 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13577 window listing and describing the options.
13578 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13579 gives the window that lists the options.")
13581 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22220 19926 384329
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13589 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13590 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13591 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13597 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13598 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13602 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13603 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13607 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13608 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13610 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13611 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13612 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13613 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13615 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13616 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13617 restore it properly when going back.
13619 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13621 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13622 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13623 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13624 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13626 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13627 it does not already exist.
13631 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13632 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13634 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13635 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13636 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13637 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13638 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13639 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13640 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13641 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13643 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13644 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13645 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13646 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13648 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13649 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13652 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13654 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13655 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13656 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13657 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13658 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13659 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13661 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13663 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13664 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13665 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13666 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13667 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13669 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13671 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13672 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13674 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13678 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13679 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13680 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13681 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13683 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22150 28227
13688 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13691 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13692 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13696 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13697 Provide help for current mode.
13703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13704 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13706 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13707 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13708 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13709 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13710 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13712 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13713 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13715 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13716 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13717 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13718 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13720 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13721 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13724 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13729 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13730 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13731 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13732 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13733 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13734 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13735 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13736 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13737 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13738 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13739 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13740 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13741 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13742 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13743 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13745 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13746 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13747 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13749 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13752 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13754 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13755 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13756 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13758 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13759 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13760 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13762 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13763 into the buffer at the current point.
13765 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13766 into the buffer at the current point.
13768 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13769 into the buffer at the current point.
13771 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13773 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13774 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13776 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13778 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13782 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13783 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13784 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13785 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13790 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13791 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22311 14139 174375
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13801 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13802 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13807 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13808 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13809 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13810 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13812 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13813 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13814 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13815 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13817 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13818 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13819 which can be called interactively, are:
13821 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13822 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13824 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13825 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13826 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13827 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13829 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13830 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13832 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13833 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13834 available face automatically.
13836 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13837 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13839 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13840 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13841 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13842 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13843 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13844 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13845 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13846 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13847 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13848 function returns t.
13850 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13851 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13853 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13854 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13858 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13859 position (number of characters into buffer)
13860 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13861 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13862 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13866 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13867 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13868 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13869 for a description of this minor mode.
13870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13872 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13874 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13876 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13877 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13878 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13879 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13880 ARG is omitted or nil.
13882 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13883 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13884 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13888 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13890 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13891 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13892 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13893 Use the global history list for FACE.
13895 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13896 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13897 highlighting will not update as you type.
13899 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13901 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13903 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13904 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13905 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13906 Use the global history list for FACE.
13908 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13909 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13910 highlighting will not update as you type.
13912 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13914 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13916 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13917 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13918 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13919 Use the global history list for FACE.
13921 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13922 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13923 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13925 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13926 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13927 highlighting will not update as you type.
13929 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13931 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13933 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13934 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13935 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13936 unless you use a prefix argument.
13937 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13939 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13940 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13944 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13946 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13947 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13948 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13949 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13950 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13951 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13953 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13955 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13956 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13958 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13959 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13960 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22197 58438
13967 ;;;;;; 447460 447000))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13970 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13971 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13976 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13977 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13978 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13979 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13982 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13983 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13984 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13985 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13986 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13987 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13988 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13990 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13991 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13992 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13993 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13994 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13997 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13998 #endif lines when hiding.
14000 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14001 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14004 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14005 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14006 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14008 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22150 28228
14015 ;;;;;; 830072 702000))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14018 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14019 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14020 Each element has the form
14021 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14023 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14024 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14026 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14027 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14029 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14030 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14031 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14032 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14033 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14034 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14036 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14037 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14039 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14040 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14042 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14043 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14044 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14046 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14047 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14049 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14050 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14052 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14053 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14054 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14056 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14057 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14058 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14060 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14061 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14063 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14066 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14070 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14071 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22150 28228 30072
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14081 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14082 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14084 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14085 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14087 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14088 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14089 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14092 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14093 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14094 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14095 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14096 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14097 through various faces.
14098 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14099 buffer with the contents of a file
14100 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14104 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14105 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14107 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14108 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14110 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14111 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14112 in a distinctive face.
14114 The default value can be customized with variable
14115 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14117 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14122 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14123 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14125 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14127 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14128 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14132 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14133 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14137 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14138 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14140 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14141 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14142 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14143 shown in the last face in the list.
14145 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14146 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14147 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14149 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14153 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14154 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14156 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14158 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14161 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14162 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14164 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14165 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14166 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14168 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14170 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14171 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14173 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14174 this function is called interactively.
14176 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14177 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14178 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14180 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14181 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14182 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14184 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14186 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14187 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14188 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14189 for a description of this minor mode.
14190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14191 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14192 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14194 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14196 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14197 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14198 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14199 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14200 ARG is omitted or nil.
14202 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14203 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14204 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22150 28228 30072
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14213 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14215 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14216 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14217 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14218 or insert functions in this list.")
14220 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14222 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14223 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14224 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14225 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14226 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14228 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14229 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14230 undoes the expansion.
14234 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14235 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14236 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14237 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14239 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14246 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14247 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14252 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14253 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14254 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14255 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14256 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14257 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14259 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14260 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14261 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14262 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14266 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14267 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14268 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14269 for a description of this minor mode.
14270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14272 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14274 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14276 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14277 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14282 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14283 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14286 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14287 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22150 28227
14294 ;;;;;; 78072 702000))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14297 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14298 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14303 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14305 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14307 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14309 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14311 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14313 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14315 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14317 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14319 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14321 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14322 User defined holidays.
14323 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14325 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14327 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14329 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14331 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14333 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14335 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14337 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14338 Christian holidays.
14339 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14341 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14343 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14345 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14347 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14349 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14351 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14353 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14354 Bahá’à holidays.
14355 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14357 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14359 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14361 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14362 Sun-related holidays.
14363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14365 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14367 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14369 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14371 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14372 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14373 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14374 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14378 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14379 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14380 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14381 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14382 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14384 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14385 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14387 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14388 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14390 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14391 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14392 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14393 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14396 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14398 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14400 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22150 28227
14405 ;;;;;; 946072 702000))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14408 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14409 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22174 41792
14416 ;;;;;; 975867 435000))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14418 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14420 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14421 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14422 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14423 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14426 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14427 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14430 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14431 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14433 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14434 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14435 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14437 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14439 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14440 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14441 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14443 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14445 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22150 28228 50072
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14456 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14457 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14458 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14460 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14461 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14462 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14463 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14464 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14465 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14467 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14468 title of the column.
14470 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14471 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14472 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14473 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14474 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14476 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14478 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14480 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14481 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14483 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14486 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14487 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14488 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14490 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14492 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14496 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14497 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14498 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14499 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14500 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14501 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14503 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14504 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14505 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14506 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14507 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14508 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14509 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14510 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14512 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14513 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14514 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14515 buffer's modification flag.
14516 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14517 prompted before performing this operation.
14518 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14519 operation is complete, in the form:
14520 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14521 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14522 confirmation message, in the form:
14523 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14524 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14525 macro for exactly what it does.
14527 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14529 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14531 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14533 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14534 Define a filter named NAME.
14535 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14536 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14537 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14539 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14540 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14541 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14542 bound to the current value of the filter.
14544 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14546 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14548 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22150 28612 886072
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14556 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14557 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14558 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14559 buffers which are visiting a file.
14561 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14563 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14564 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14565 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14566 buffers which are visiting a file.
14568 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14570 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14571 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14572 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14574 All arguments are optional.
14575 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14576 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14577 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14578 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14579 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14580 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14581 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14582 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14583 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14584 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14585 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14586 that value locally in this buffer.
14588 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22150
14593 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
14594 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14595 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14597 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14598 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14599 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14600 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14602 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14604 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14605 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14606 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14607 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14609 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14610 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14611 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14613 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14615 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14616 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14617 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14618 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14619 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14620 non-marking or not.
14622 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14624 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14625 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14627 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14628 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14631 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14632 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14633 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14635 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14638 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14639 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14640 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14642 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22150 28228 54072
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14650 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14651 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14652 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14653 for a description of this minor mode.
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14656 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14658 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14660 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14661 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14666 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14667 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14668 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14669 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14671 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14672 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14674 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14677 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14680 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14681 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14682 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14683 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22197 58438 447460
14689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14691 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14692 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14693 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14694 Tab indents for Icon code.
14695 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14696 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14698 Variables controlling indentation style:
14699 icon-tab-always-indent
14700 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14701 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14703 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14704 inserted in Icon code.
14706 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14707 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14708 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14709 icon-continued-statement-offset
14710 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14711 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14712 icon-continued-brace-offset
14713 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14714 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14716 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14717 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14718 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14719 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14721 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14722 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22150
14729 ;;;;;; 28228 850072 702000))
14730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14732 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14733 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14734 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14735 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14737 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14738 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14741 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14742 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14744 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14745 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14746 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14748 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14750 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22197 58438
14755 ;;;;;; 467460 447000))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14757 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14759 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14760 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14762 The main features of this mode are
14764 1. Indentation and Formatting
14765 --------------------------
14766 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14767 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14769 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14770 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14771 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14772 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14774 Comments are indented as follows:
14776 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14777 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14778 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14780 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14782 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14783 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14784 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14785 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14786 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14787 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14789 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14790 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14791 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14792 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14796 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14797 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14798 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14799 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14800 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14801 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14802 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14803 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14804 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14805 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14810 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14811 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14812 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14813 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14817 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14818 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14819 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14820 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14821 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14824 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14825 --------------------------------
14826 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14827 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14829 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14830 \\fu FUNCTION template
14831 \\c CASE statement template
14832 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14833 \\f FOR loop template
14834 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14835 \\w WHILE loop template
14836 \\i IF statement template
14837 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14840 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14841 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14843 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14844 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14845 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14846 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14848 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14849 -------------------------
14850 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14851 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14853 7. Automatic END completion
14854 ------------------------
14855 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14856 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14860 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14861 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14863 9. Documentation and Customization
14864 -------------------------------
14865 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14866 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14867 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14868 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14869 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14870 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14874 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14875 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14876 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14878 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
14885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14887 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14888 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14889 The following values are possible:
14890 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14892 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14893 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14894 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14897 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14899 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14901 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14902 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14903 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14904 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14905 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14906 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14907 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14908 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14909 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14913 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14914 Switch to another buffer.
14915 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14916 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14919 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14920 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14921 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14922 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14923 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14925 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14926 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14928 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14930 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14931 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14932 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14933 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14934 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14935 in a separate window.
14936 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14937 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14940 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14941 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14942 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14943 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14944 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14948 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14949 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14950 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14951 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14955 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14956 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14957 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14958 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14962 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14964 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14965 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14969 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14970 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14971 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14972 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14976 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14977 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14978 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14979 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14983 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14984 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14988 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14989 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14990 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14991 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14994 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14995 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14996 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14997 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14998 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14999 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15001 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15002 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15004 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15006 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15007 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15008 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15009 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15010 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15011 in a separate window.
15012 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15013 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15014 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15015 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15018 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15019 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15020 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15021 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15022 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15023 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15024 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15027 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15028 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15029 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15033 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15034 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15035 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15036 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15040 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15041 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15042 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15043 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15047 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15048 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15049 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15050 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15054 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15055 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15056 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15057 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15061 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15062 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15063 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15064 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15068 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15069 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15070 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15071 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15075 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15076 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15077 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15078 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15082 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15083 Write current buffer to a file.
15084 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15085 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15089 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15090 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15091 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15092 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15096 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15097 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15098 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15099 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15103 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15104 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15105 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15106 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15107 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15108 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15110 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15112 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15113 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15114 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15115 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15117 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15119 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15120 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15121 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15122 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15124 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15126 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15127 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15128 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15129 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15130 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15131 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15132 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15133 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15134 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15135 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15136 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15137 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15138 with point positioned at the end.
15139 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15140 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15142 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15149 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15150 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15151 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15152 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15159 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15163 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15164 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15166 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15167 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15168 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22150 28228 86072 702000))
15175 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15177 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15178 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15179 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15182 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15184 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15185 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15186 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15191 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15192 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15193 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15196 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15198 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15199 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15200 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15203 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15205 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15206 Determine and return image type.
15207 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15208 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15209 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15210 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15211 use its file extension as image type.
15212 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15214 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15216 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15217 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15218 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15220 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15222 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15223 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15224 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15226 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15227 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15228 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15229 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15234 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15236 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15237 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15238 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15239 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15240 use its file extension as image type.
15241 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15242 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15243 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15244 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15246 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15248 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15249 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15250 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15252 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15254 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15255 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15256 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15257 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15258 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15259 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15260 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15261 POS may be an integer or marker.
15262 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15263 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15264 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15265 means display it in the right marginal area.
15267 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15269 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15270 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15271 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15272 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15273 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15274 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15275 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15276 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15277 means display it in the right marginal area.
15278 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15279 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15280 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15281 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15282 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15284 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15286 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15287 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15288 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15289 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15290 STRING is a single space.
15291 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15292 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15293 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15294 means display it in the right marginal area.
15295 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15297 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15299 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15300 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15301 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15302 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15304 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15306 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15307 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15309 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15311 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15312 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15313 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15314 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15315 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15316 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15317 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15318 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15321 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15323 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15325 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15327 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15328 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15330 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15331 documentation string.
15333 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15334 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15335 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15336 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15337 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15338 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15339 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15344 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15345 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15347 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15349 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15351 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15352 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15353 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15354 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15356 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15357 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15358 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15359 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15361 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22150 28228
15368 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
15369 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15370 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15372 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15373 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15374 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15375 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15376 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15377 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15381 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15382 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15384 Convenience command that:
15386 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15387 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15388 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15390 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15391 image files in dired and type
15392 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15394 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15396 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15397 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15399 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15401 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15402 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15403 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15404 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15405 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15408 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15409 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15410 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15412 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15413 instead of erasing it first.
15415 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15416 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15417 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15418 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15419 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15420 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15422 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15424 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15425 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15426 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15427 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15432 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15434 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15436 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15437 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15441 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15442 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15443 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15447 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15448 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15452 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15453 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15454 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15455 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15459 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15460 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15464 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15465 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15469 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15470 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15474 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15475 Display current image file.
15476 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15477 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15481 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15482 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15486 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15487 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15488 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15489 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15490 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15491 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15492 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15496 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15497 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15498 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22150 28228 86072
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15509 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15510 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15511 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15512 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15514 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15515 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15516 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15517 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15519 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15521 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15522 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15523 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15524 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15526 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15527 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15528 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15529 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15531 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15533 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15534 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15538 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15539 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15540 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15541 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15543 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15545 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15546 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15547 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15548 for a description of this minor mode.
15549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15551 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15553 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15555 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15556 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15561 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15562 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15563 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22174 53239 753341
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15573 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15574 Major mode for image files.
15575 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15576 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15583 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15584 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15586 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15587 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15589 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15590 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15595 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15596 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15597 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15598 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15599 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15600 to display an image file as the actual image.
15602 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15603 to display an image file as text initially.
15605 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15610 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15613 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22311 14139 174375 715000))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15620 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15621 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15623 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15625 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15626 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15629 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15631 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15632 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15633 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15635 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15637 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15638 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15639 Each element of this list should have the form
15641 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15643 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15644 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15645 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15647 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15648 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15649 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15650 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15652 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15653 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15655 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15656 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15657 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15660 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15661 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15662 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15664 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15665 create a buffer index.
15667 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15668 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15669 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15670 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15671 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15673 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15675 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15676 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15678 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15679 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15680 called within a `save-excursion'.
15682 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15684 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15686 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15687 Function for finding the next index position.
15689 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15690 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15691 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15694 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15695 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15697 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15699 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15700 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15702 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15703 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15704 It should return the name for that index item.")
15706 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15708 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15709 Function to compare string with index item.
15711 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15712 non-nil if they match.
15714 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15715 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15716 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15717 arguments match\".")
15719 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15721 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15722 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15723 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15725 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15726 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15728 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15730 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15732 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15733 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15734 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15735 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15739 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15740 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15742 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15746 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15747 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15748 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15749 for more information.
15751 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22150 28228
15756 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
15757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15759 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15760 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15764 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15767 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15769 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15774 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15777 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15779 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15780 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22150 28228
15787 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15790 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15791 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15792 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15794 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15795 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15796 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15797 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15801 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22150 28228 98072 702000))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15808 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15809 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15810 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15811 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15812 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15813 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15814 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15815 first in this list.
15817 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15818 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15819 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15820 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15821 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15823 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15824 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15825 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15827 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15828 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15830 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15831 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15833 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15834 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15835 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15836 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15837 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15838 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15839 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15840 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15841 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15842 with the top-level Info directory.
15844 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15845 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15847 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15849 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15850 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15851 in all the directories in that path.
15853 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15855 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15857 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15858 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15862 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15863 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15867 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15868 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15869 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15870 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15874 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15875 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15876 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15877 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15879 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15881 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15882 Go to the Info directory node.
15886 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15887 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15888 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15889 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15890 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15891 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15893 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15895 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15896 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15897 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15899 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15901 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15902 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15903 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15904 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15905 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15907 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15909 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15910 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15911 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15912 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15913 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15915 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15916 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15918 Selecting other nodes:
15919 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15920 Follow a node reference you click on.
15921 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15922 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15923 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15924 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15925 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15926 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15927 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15928 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15929 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15930 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15931 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15932 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15933 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15934 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15935 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15936 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15937 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15938 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15939 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15940 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15942 Moving within a node:
15943 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15944 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15945 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15946 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15947 move up to the parent node.
15948 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15949 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15951 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15954 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15955 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15956 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15957 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15958 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15959 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15960 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15961 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15962 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15963 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15964 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15965 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15966 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15967 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15968 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15969 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15972 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15974 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15975 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15976 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15977 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15978 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15979 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15981 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15982 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15984 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15985 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15987 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15988 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15989 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15990 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15994 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15995 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15996 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
16000 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16001 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16002 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16004 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16006 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16007 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16008 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16009 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16010 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16011 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16013 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22291 28851 633608
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16021 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16022 Throw away all cached data.
16023 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16024 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16028 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16030 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16031 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16032 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16033 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16034 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16035 one found at point.
16037 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16039 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16040 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16042 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16043 Display the documentation of a file.
16044 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16045 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16046 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16047 The default file name is the one found at point.
16049 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16051 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16053 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16054 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16056 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16058 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16059 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16061 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22150 28228 94072
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16068 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16070 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16071 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16072 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16073 current info file is the default.
16075 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16076 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16077 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16078 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16079 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16081 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16082 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16083 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16084 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16085 mistake in the reference.
16087 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16088 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16089 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16091 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16092 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16093 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16094 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16096 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16098 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16099 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16100 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16101 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16104 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16105 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16106 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16107 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16108 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16109 should be harmless.
16113 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16114 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16115 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16116 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16118 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16119 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16120 and can take a long time.
16124 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16125 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16126 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16128 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16130 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16131 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16133 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16134 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16135 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16136 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16139 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16140 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16141 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16142 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16145 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22150 28228 102072
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16153 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16154 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16156 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16158 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16159 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16161 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16163 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16164 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16165 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16166 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16168 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16169 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16170 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16172 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16173 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16174 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16175 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16179 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16180 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16181 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16185 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16186 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16187 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16188 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16189 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22171 34371
16196 ;;;;;; 930658 796000))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16199 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16202 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16204 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16206 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22150 28227
16211 ;;;;;; 218072 702000))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16213 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16215 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16216 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16217 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16219 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22150
16224 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16225 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16227 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16228 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16232 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16233 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16237 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16240 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22150 28228 154072
16246 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16247 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16249 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16250 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16251 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16252 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16253 accessed via isearchb.
16259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22150
16260 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16263 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16264 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16265 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16266 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16271 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16272 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16273 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16274 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16279 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16281 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16282 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16283 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16287 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16288 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16289 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16290 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16291 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16293 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16295 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16296 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16297 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16298 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16299 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16301 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16304 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16305 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16306 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16307 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16309 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16311 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16312 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16313 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16314 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16315 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16317 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16319 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16320 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16321 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16322 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16324 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16326 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16327 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16328 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16329 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16331 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16333 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16334 Warn that format is read-only.
16336 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16338 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16339 Warn that format is write-only.
16341 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16343 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16344 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16351 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 106072 702000))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16353 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16354 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22308 37947
16359 ;;;;;; 230422 527000))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16362 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16364 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16365 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16366 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16367 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16368 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16370 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16372 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16374 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16375 Key map for ispell menu.")
16377 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16378 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16379 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16380 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16382 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16384 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16386 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16388 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16390 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16391 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16392 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16393 Valid forms include:
16394 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16395 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16396 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16397 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16399 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16400 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16401 First list is used raw.
16402 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16404 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16405 for skipping in latex mode.")
16407 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16408 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16409 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16410 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16411 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16412 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16413 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16415 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16416 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16417 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16418 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16420 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16421 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16422 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16423 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16424 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16426 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16427 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16429 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16430 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16432 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16433 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16435 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16436 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16439 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16440 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16441 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16442 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16443 quit spell session exited.
16445 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16447 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16448 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16449 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16451 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16453 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16454 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16458 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16459 SPC: Accept word this time.
16460 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16461 `a': Accept word for this session.
16462 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16463 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16464 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16465 `?': Show these commands.
16466 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16467 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16468 the aborted check to be completed later.
16469 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16470 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16471 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16472 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16473 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16474 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16475 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16479 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16480 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16481 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16482 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16484 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16486 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16487 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16488 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16489 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16491 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16493 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16495 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16496 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16497 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16498 amount for last line processed.
16500 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16502 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16503 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16507 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16508 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16512 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16513 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16514 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16516 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16518 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16519 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16523 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16524 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16525 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16526 sequence inside of a word.
16528 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16530 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16532 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16533 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16537 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16538 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16539 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16540 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16542 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16543 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16544 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16545 available on the net.
16549 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16550 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16552 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16553 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16555 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16556 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16559 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16560 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16563 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16564 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16568 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16569 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16570 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16571 Don't check included messages.
16573 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16574 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16575 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16577 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16579 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16580 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16581 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16582 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16584 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16585 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16586 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22150
16593 ;;;;;; 28228 190072 702000))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16596 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16601 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16602 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16603 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16604 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16605 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16606 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16607 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16608 necessary to represent OBJ.
16610 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16612 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16613 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16614 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16615 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16617 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16619 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16620 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16621 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16622 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16623 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16625 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16627 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16628 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16629 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16630 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16632 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16634 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16635 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16636 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16637 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16639 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16641 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16642 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16644 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16646 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16647 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16648 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16649 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16650 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16652 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16654 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16655 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16656 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16657 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16658 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16660 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16662 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16663 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16664 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16666 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22150 28228 158072
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16674 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16675 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16676 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16677 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16679 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16682 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16684 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16685 Uninstall jka-compr.
16686 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16687 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16688 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22323 5347 50589 123000))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16696 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16698 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16699 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16703 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16704 Major mode for editing JSX.
16706 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16707 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16710 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16711 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16712 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16715 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16717 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22197 58438 339460 447000))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16723 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22150 28227
16728 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16731 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16732 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16733 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16734 decimal key must be specified.")
16736 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16738 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16739 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16740 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16741 decimal key must be specified.")
16743 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16745 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16746 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16747 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16748 decimal key must be specified.")
16750 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16752 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16753 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16754 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16755 decimal key must be specified.")
16757 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16759 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16760 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16761 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16762 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16763 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16767 -------------------------------------------------------------
16768 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16769 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16770 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16771 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16772 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16773 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16774 in the global and local keymaps.
16776 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16777 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16779 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22150
16784 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16787 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16788 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16789 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16791 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16792 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16793 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16794 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16797 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16798 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16799 the context of text formatting.
16801 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22150 28228 106072
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16809 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16810 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16811 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16812 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16813 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16814 positions that contains the current selection.")
16816 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16817 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16818 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16819 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16820 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16821 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16822 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22150 28228 162072 702000))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16830 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16831 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16832 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16833 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16834 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16835 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16836 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16838 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16839 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16840 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16842 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16844 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16845 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16846 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16847 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16848 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16850 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16852 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16853 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16854 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16856 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16857 defining the macro.
16859 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16860 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16861 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16863 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16864 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16868 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16869 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16870 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16871 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16872 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16875 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16876 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16877 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16881 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16882 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16883 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16884 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16886 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16887 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16888 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16889 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16891 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16892 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16894 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16896 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16897 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16898 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16900 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16903 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16904 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16906 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16907 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16908 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16910 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16911 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16915 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16916 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16917 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16918 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16920 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16922 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16923 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16924 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16925 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16927 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16928 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16930 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16932 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16933 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16934 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22150
16941 ;;;;;; 28228 194072 702000))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16944 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16945 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16946 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16948 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22150 28228
16956 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16959 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16962 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16964 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16965 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16966 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16967 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16968 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16969 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16971 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16972 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16974 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16976 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16977 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16979 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16981 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16984 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16986 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22150
16994 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16997 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16998 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16999 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17000 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17002 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17004 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17005 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17006 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17008 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17010 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17011 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17012 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17016 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17017 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17018 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17019 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17021 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17026 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 110072 702000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17029 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17030 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17031 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17032 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17033 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17034 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17035 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17036 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17038 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17039 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17042 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17044 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17046 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17047 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17048 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17049 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17050 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17051 `latin1-display-setup'.
17053 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17055 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17056 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17057 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17058 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17061 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17063 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22150
17068 ;;;;;; 28228 866072 702000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17071 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17072 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22150
17079 ;;;;;; 28227 434072 702000))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17081 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17083 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17084 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17085 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17086 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17088 For instance, the following code
17091 (if (and .title .body)
17096 essentially expands to
17098 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17099 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17100 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17101 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17102 (if (and .title .body)
17107 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17108 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17109 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17110 displayed in the example above.
17112 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17114 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22150 28228 678072 702000))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17121 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17122 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17123 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17124 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17125 generations (this defaults to 1).
17127 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17133 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17135 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17136 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17138 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17139 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17141 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17145 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17146 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17147 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17148 for a description of this minor mode.
17149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17151 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17153 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17155 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17156 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17157 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17158 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17159 ARG is omitted or nil.
17161 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17162 `linum-on' would do it.
17163 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22150 28228 210072
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17173 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17174 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17175 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17176 is nil, raise an error.
17178 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17179 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17180 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17181 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17182 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17183 defined by the library.
17185 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17186 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17187 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17188 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17189 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17192 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17193 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17194 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17195 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17197 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17204 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17205 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17206 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17208 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17210 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17211 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17212 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17213 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17215 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17216 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17217 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17218 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17219 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17220 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17223 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17224 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17226 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17227 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17229 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17230 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17232 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17234 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17235 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17236 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17237 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17238 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17239 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17240 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17241 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17242 to constrain a big search.
17244 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17246 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17247 except that FILTER is not optional.
17249 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22150 28229 278072
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17257 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17258 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17259 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17260 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17261 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17262 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17263 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17264 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17265 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17266 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17268 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17269 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17271 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17272 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17273 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17274 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17275 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17277 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17278 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17279 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17281 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22294 5044 399300
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17289 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17290 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17299 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17300 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17302 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17303 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17305 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17306 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17307 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17309 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17310 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17312 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17313 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17314 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17315 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17316 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17317 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17318 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17320 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17322 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17323 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17324 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17325 switch on this list.
17326 See `lpr-command'.")
17328 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17330 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17331 Name of program for printing a file.
17333 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17334 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17335 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17336 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17337 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17338 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17341 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17343 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17344 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17345 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17346 for customization of the printer command.
17350 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17351 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17353 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17354 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17355 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17356 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17358 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17359 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17361 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17362 for further customization of the printer command.
17366 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17367 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17368 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17369 for customization of the printer command.
17371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17373 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17374 Paginate and print the region contents.
17376 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17377 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17378 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17379 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17381 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17382 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17384 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17385 for further customization of the printer command.
17387 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22220 19926 384329
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17395 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17396 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17397 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17399 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22150 28227 78072
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17407 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17408 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17409 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17410 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22150 28228
17417 ;;;;;; 866072 702000))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17420 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17421 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17428 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17430 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17431 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17432 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17433 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17434 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17436 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17438 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17439 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17440 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17441 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17442 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17444 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17445 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17446 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17447 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17450 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17451 use this command, and then save the file.
17453 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17455 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17456 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17457 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17458 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17459 each time the macro executes.
17460 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17461 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17462 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17463 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17464 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17465 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17466 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17470 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17471 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17472 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17473 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17475 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17476 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17477 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17480 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17481 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17483 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17484 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17485 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17486 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17487 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17489 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17492 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17493 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17494 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17496 You could enter the names in this format:
17502 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17505 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17508 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17509 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17511 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17512 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22197 58438
17517 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17520 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17521 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17522 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17523 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17524 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17525 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17527 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17528 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17529 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17530 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17531 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17533 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17534 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17535 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17538 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17540 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17541 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17543 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22150 28228
17548 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17551 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17552 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17556 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17561 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17562 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17564 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17566 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17567 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17568 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17571 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22150 28228
17578 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17581 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17582 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17583 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17584 often correct parser.")
17586 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17588 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17589 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17590 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17591 a value which excludes your own email address.
17593 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17594 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17596 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17598 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17599 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17601 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17603 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17604 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17605 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17606 we return it unconverted.
17608 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17609 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17611 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17613 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17614 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17615 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17616 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17618 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17620 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17621 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17622 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17623 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17625 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17627 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17628 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17629 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17630 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17631 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17632 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17633 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17634 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17635 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17638 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17640 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17641 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17642 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17643 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17644 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17645 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17646 matches may be returned from the message body.
17648 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22197 58438
17653 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17656 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17657 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17658 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17659 for a description of this minor mode.
17660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17662 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17664 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17666 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17667 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17669 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17670 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17672 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17673 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17674 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17675 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17679 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17680 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17684 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17685 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17686 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17688 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17690 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17691 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17692 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17694 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17695 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17696 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17699 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22189 64323
17704 ;;;;;; 268321 19000))
17705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17707 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17708 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17709 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17711 If `parens', they look like:
17712 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17713 If `angles', they look like:
17714 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17716 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17718 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17719 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17720 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17721 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17722 their `Resent-' variants.
17724 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17725 removed from alias expansions.
17727 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17730 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17731 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17733 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17734 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17735 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17736 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17738 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17741 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17742 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17746 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17747 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17748 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17749 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17753 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22182 4679
17758 ;;;;;; 423463 499000))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17761 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17762 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17763 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17764 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22221
17771 ;;;;;; 40772 751009 663000))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17774 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17775 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17777 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17778 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17779 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17780 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17781 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17782 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17784 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17785 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17786 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17787 dependency, despite the colon.
17789 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17791 In the browser, use the following keys:
17793 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17795 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17797 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17798 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17800 `makefile-target-colon':
17801 The string that gets appended to all target names
17802 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17803 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17805 `makefile-macro-assign':
17806 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17807 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17808 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17809 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17810 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17811 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17813 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17814 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17815 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17817 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17818 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17820 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17821 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17822 up or down in the browser.
17824 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17825 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17827 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17828 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17830 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17831 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17832 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17833 has been selected in the browser.
17835 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17836 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17837 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17838 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17839 filenames are omitted.
17841 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17842 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17843 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17844 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17845 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17846 the backslash itself intact.
17847 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17848 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17850 `makefile-browser-hook':
17851 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17852 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17854 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17855 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17856 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17857 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17861 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17862 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17866 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17867 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17871 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17872 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17876 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17877 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17881 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17882 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22150 28228 258072
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17892 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17893 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17894 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22316 32055 822608 108000))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17903 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17905 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17906 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17907 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17908 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17909 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17910 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17911 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17912 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17913 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17914 without running the man command.
17916 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17917 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17918 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17923 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17924 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17925 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17926 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17930 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17931 otherwise look like a page name.
17936 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17937 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17938 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17942 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17944 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17945 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17947 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17949 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17950 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17952 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22262 28597 583325
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17959 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17965 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17967 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17968 Toggle Master mode.
17969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17973 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17974 using the following commands:
17976 \\{master-mode-map}
17978 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17979 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17980 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22150 28228 262072
17988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17990 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17991 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17992 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17993 for a description of this minor mode.
17994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17996 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17998 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
18000 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18001 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18003 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18004 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18006 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18007 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18008 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18009 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18017 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22201 55498 114885
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18025 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18027 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18028 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18029 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18030 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18031 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18032 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18033 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18034 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18035 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18036 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18037 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18038 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18039 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18040 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18041 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18042 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18043 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18044 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18045 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18046 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18047 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18048 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18049 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18050 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18051 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18052 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18053 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18054 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18055 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18056 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18057 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18058 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18059 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18060 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18061 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18062 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18063 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18064 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18068 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18069 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18070 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18071 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18072 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18074 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18076 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18077 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18079 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18081 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18082 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18084 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18086 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18087 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18089 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18091 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18092 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18093 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18095 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18097 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18098 Cancel an article you posted.
18099 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18103 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18104 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18105 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18106 header line with the old Message-ID.
18110 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18111 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18115 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18116 Forward the current message via mail.
18117 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18118 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18120 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18122 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18125 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18127 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18130 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18132 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18133 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18137 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18138 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18140 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18142 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18143 Re-mail the current message.
18144 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18145 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18150 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18151 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18153 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18155 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18156 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18158 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18160 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18161 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18163 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18165 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18166 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18168 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18170 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18171 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18172 Works by overstriking characters.
18173 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18174 which specify the range to operate on.
18176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18178 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18179 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18180 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18181 which specify the range to operate on.
18183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22150
18188 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18190 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18192 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18193 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18197 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18198 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22150 28228
18205 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18208 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18209 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18210 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18214 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18215 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18216 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18217 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18218 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18219 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18220 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18222 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18224 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18225 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18226 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18227 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18228 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18230 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18231 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18233 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18235 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18236 Process current region through `metamail'.
18237 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18238 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18239 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18241 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18242 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18244 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22150 28228 294072
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18252 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18253 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18254 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18258 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18259 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18260 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18264 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18265 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18267 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18268 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18269 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18271 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18272 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18274 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18275 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18277 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18279 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18281 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18282 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18283 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18284 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18285 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18288 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18289 initial Subject field, respectively.
18291 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18292 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18295 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18296 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18298 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18300 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18301 Save draft and send message.
18303 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18304 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18305 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18308 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18309 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18310 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18312 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18313 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18314 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18315 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18316 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18317 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18319 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18320 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18322 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18323 message and scan line.
18325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18327 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18328 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18330 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18331 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18332 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18333 delete the draft message.
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22150 28228 298072 702000))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18341 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18343 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18345 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18347 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18349 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18350 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22150 28228
18357 ;;;;;; 302072 702000))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18360 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18361 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18362 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18364 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18365 the MH mail system.
18367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18369 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18370 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18371 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18373 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18374 the MH mail system.
18376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18378 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18379 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18381 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18382 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18383 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18386 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18387 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18388 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18391 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18395 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18396 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18397 can be used in several ways.
18399 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18400 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18401 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18402 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18406 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18407 The range must be nonempty.
18412 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18413 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18420 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18423 All of the messages.
18425 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18426 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18428 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18429 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18430 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18432 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22265 4790 36806
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18442 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18443 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18444 See the `midnight-mode' command
18445 for a description of this minor mode.
18446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18448 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18450 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18452 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18453 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18457 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18458 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18459 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18460 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18461 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18462 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18463 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18464 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18465 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18466 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18467 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18471 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18472 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18473 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18474 to its second argument TM.
18476 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22150 28228
18481 ;;;;;; 322072 702000))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18484 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18485 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18486 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18487 for a description of this minor mode.
18488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18490 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18492 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18494 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18495 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18497 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18498 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18500 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18501 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18502 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18503 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18504 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18505 is modified to remove the default indication.
18507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18514 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18515 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18516 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18517 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18518 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18519 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18520 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18521 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18522 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18526 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18527 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18528 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18529 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18530 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18531 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18532 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18533 The return value is always nil.
18535 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22150 28228 326072
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18542 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18544 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18545 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18547 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18548 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18549 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18552 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18553 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18554 end of the search space).
18556 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18557 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18558 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18559 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18560 should return the previous buffer to search.
18562 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18563 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18564 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18566 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18567 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18568 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18571 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18572 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18573 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18575 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18576 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18577 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18579 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18580 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18582 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18583 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18584 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18588 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18589 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18590 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18591 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18592 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18593 whose names match the specified regexp.
18595 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18597 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18598 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18599 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18600 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18601 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18602 whose names match the specified regexp.
18604 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18606 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18607 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18608 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18609 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18610 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18611 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18612 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18614 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18616 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18617 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18618 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18619 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18620 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18621 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18622 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18624 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22150
18629 ;;;;;; 28228 874072 702000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18631 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18633 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18634 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22150 28227
18641 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18644 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18645 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18647 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22150 28227
18652 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18655 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18656 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18658 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18661 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18662 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18663 the entire message.
18664 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18666 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22150 28227
18671 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18674 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18675 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18676 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18677 the entire message.
18678 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18680 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22150 28227 978072
18686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18688 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18689 Insert file contents of URL.
18690 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18695 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22150 28227 982072
18703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18705 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18706 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18707 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18708 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18709 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18711 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18713 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18714 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18715 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18717 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22150 28227 986072 702000))
18722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18724 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18725 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18729 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18730 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18731 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18732 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18733 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18735 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18736 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18737 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18738 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18739 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18740 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18742 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22250 23504 507503
18748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18750 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18753 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18755 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18758 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22250 23504 507503
18764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18766 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18769 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18774 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18776 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18779 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18784 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18786 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18789 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18791 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18794 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18796 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22276 61491
18804 ;;;;;; 202868 4000))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18807 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18812 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18815 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18817 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18818 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18819 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18820 followed by the first character of the construct.
18822 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18823 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18824 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18825 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18826 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18827 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18828 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18829 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18830 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18831 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18832 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18833 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18834 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18837 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18838 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18839 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22150 28228 682072
18847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18849 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18850 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18852 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18854 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18855 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18857 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18859 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18860 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18862 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18864 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18865 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18867 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22150 28228 326072
18873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18875 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18876 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18878 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18879 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18880 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18882 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18883 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18884 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18886 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18887 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18889 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18890 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18891 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18892 hemisphere you're in.)
18894 To test this function, evaluate:
18895 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18897 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18899 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18900 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18902 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18903 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18905 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18906 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18907 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18909 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18910 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18912 To test this function, evaluate:
18913 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18915 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18922 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18923 Main entry point for MPC.
18929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
18930 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18932 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18933 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22150 28228 338072 702000))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18942 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18943 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18944 See the `msb-mode' command
18945 for a description of this minor mode.
18946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18947 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18948 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18950 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18952 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18955 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18956 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18958 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18959 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22150
18966 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
18967 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18969 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18970 Display a list of all character sets.
18972 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18973 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18974 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18975 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18976 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18978 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18979 but still shows the full information.
18983 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18984 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18985 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18987 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18988 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18989 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18990 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18991 meanings of these arguments.
18993 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18995 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18996 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18998 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19000 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19001 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19003 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19005 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19006 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19008 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19010 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19011 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19013 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19014 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19016 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19017 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19018 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19019 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19020 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19021 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19022 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19025 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19026 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19027 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19028 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19029 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19030 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19031 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19035 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19036 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19040 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19041 Display a list of all coding systems.
19042 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19044 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19045 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19049 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19050 Display a list of all coding categories.
19054 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19055 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19056 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19058 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19060 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19061 Display information about FONTSET.
19062 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19064 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19066 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19067 Display a list of all fontsets.
19068 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19069 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19070 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19074 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19075 Display information about all input methods.
19079 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19080 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19082 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19083 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19084 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19085 system which uses fontsets).
19089 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19090 Show log of font listing and opening.
19091 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19092 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19094 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22165
19099 ;;;;;; 44248 411854 955000))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19102 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19103 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19105 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19106 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19108 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19109 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19111 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19113 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19114 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19115 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19116 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19117 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19118 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19119 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19121 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19122 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19123 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19124 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19125 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19126 middle of a character in STR.
19128 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19129 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19131 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19132 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19133 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19134 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19135 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19137 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19139 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19140 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19142 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19143 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19144 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19146 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19147 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19148 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19150 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19151 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19152 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19154 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19155 longer than KEYSEQ.
19156 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19158 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19160 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19161 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19162 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19163 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19164 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19165 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19166 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19167 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19168 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19169 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19170 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19172 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19174 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19175 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19177 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19179 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19180 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19182 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19184 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19185 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19187 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19189 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19190 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19192 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19194 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19195 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19196 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19197 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19198 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19200 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19201 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19203 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19204 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19205 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19206 coding systems ordered by priority.
19208 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19210 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19212 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19213 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19214 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19215 language environment LANG-ENV.
19217 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19219 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19220 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19221 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19222 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19223 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19224 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19226 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19228 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19229 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19230 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19231 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19232 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19234 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19236 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19237 part of the file/buffer.
19238 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19240 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19242 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19243 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19244 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19245 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19246 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19248 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19250 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19251 part of the file/buffer.
19252 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19254 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22150 28228
19259 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19262 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19263 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19267 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19268 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19272 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19273 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19277 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19278 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19282 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19283 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19287 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19288 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19290 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19292 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19294 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19295 `ping-program-options'.
19299 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19300 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19304 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19305 Run nslookup program.
19309 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19310 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19314 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19319 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19324 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19325 Finger USER on HOST.
19327 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19329 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19330 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19331 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19332 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19334 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19336 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19341 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19342 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19344 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19346 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19347 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19349 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22150 28228 378072
19355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19357 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19358 Return a user name/password pair.
19359 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19360 listed in the PORTS list.
19362 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22150
19367 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19370 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19371 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19372 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19373 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19374 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19377 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19379 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19380 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19381 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19382 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19383 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19384 a port number to connect to.
19386 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19389 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19391 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19392 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19393 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19394 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19395 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19396 an unencrypted connection.
19397 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19398 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19399 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19400 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19401 returned object is a killed process.
19402 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19403 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19404 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19406 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19407 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19408 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19409 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19410 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19411 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19412 or nil if none could be found.
19413 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19414 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19416 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19418 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19419 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19420 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19422 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19423 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19424 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19426 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19427 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19428 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19430 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19431 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19432 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19433 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19435 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19436 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19438 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19439 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19440 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19441 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19442 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19443 or STARTTLS connections.
19445 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19446 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19448 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19449 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19451 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19452 a greeting from the server.
19454 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19455 asynchronously, if possible.
19457 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19459 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22150
19464 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19465 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19467 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19468 Check whether newsticker is running.
19469 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19470 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19474 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19475 Start the newsticker.
19476 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19477 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19478 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19479 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19481 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19486 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 382072 702000))
19487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19489 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19490 Start newsticker plainview.
19496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22165
19497 ;;;;;; 41682 87102 999000))
19498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19500 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19501 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22150
19508 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19511 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19512 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19513 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19514 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19519 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19520 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19521 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22196
19529 ;;;;;; 37575 156683 383000))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19532 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19533 Start newsticker treeview.
19539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22150 28227 990072
19541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19543 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19544 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19546 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22150 28227 990072
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19554 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19555 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19556 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19557 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19558 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19559 symbol in the alist.
19561 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22150 28227
19566 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19569 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19570 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19571 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22150 28228 2072 702000))
19578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19580 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19581 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19583 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22150 28228 446072 702000))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19590 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19592 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19593 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19594 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19596 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19599 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19601 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19602 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19603 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19604 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19605 to future sessions.
19607 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19609 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19610 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19611 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19612 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19615 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22150
19620 ;;;;;; 28229 102072 702000))
19621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19623 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19624 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19626 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19627 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19628 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22150 28228 386072 702000))
19635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19636 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22150 28228
19641 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19642 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19644 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19645 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19646 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19647 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19649 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22150 28228
19654 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19655 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19657 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19658 Major mode for editing XML.
19660 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19661 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19662 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19663 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19664 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19665 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19666 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19668 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19670 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19671 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19673 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19674 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19675 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19676 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19679 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19680 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19681 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19682 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19683 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19684 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19686 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19687 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19688 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19690 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19691 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19692 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19694 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19695 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19696 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19697 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19698 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19699 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19700 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19701 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19702 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19704 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19706 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19707 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19710 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22150 28228
19715 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
19716 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19718 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19719 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19720 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19721 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22197 58438
19728 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
19729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19731 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19732 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19734 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19735 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19736 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19737 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19739 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19742 \\{octave-mode-map}
19746 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19747 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19748 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19750 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19752 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19753 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19755 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19756 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19757 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19761 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22156 23699
19766 ;;;;;; 542755 538000))
19767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19769 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19771 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19772 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19773 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19774 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19775 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19777 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19781 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19782 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19783 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19784 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19785 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19786 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19787 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19788 Directories to search when finding external units.
19789 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19790 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19794 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19795 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22309 58853 550986 699000))
19802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19804 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19805 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19807 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19809 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19810 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19811 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19812 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19813 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19814 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19816 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19819 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19820 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19821 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19822 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19824 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19826 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19827 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19831 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19832 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19836 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19837 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19838 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19840 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19841 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19842 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19843 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19844 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19845 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19846 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19847 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19848 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19849 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19851 The following commands are available:
19857 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19858 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19860 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19861 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19862 in special contexts.
19864 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19865 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19866 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19867 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19868 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19869 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19870 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19871 properties in the buffer.
19872 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19873 including any drawers.
19875 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19877 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19878 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19879 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19880 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19881 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19882 and zoom in further.
19883 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19884 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19886 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19887 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19888 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19889 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19890 times right after creating a new headline.
19892 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19893 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19894 is negative, go up that many levels.
19896 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19897 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19898 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19900 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19901 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19902 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19903 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19907 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19908 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19909 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19910 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19913 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19915 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19916 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19917 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19918 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19919 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19920 defined by Org-mode).
19922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19924 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19925 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19929 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19930 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19934 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19935 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19936 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19937 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19940 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19942 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19943 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19944 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19945 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19947 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19948 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19949 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19951 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19952 part of Org's core.
19954 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19959 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19960 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19961 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19965 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19966 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19967 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19972 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19973 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19975 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19977 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19978 Switch between Org buffers.
19979 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19980 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19982 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19983 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19987 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19989 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19991 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19992 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19993 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19994 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19998 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19999 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20001 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20003 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20004 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20005 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20009 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20010 Reload all org lisp files.
20011 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20013 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20016 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22150 28228
20023 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20026 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20027 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20031 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20032 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20033 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20034 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20036 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20037 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20038 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20039 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20040 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20041 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20042 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20043 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20044 e Export views to associated files.
20045 s Search entries for keywords.
20046 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20047 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20048 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20049 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20050 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20051 > Remove a previous restriction.
20052 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20053 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20054 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20056 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20057 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20058 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20060 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20061 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20062 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20063 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20066 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20068 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20069 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20070 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20071 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20072 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20073 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20074 before running the agenda command.
20076 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20078 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20079 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20080 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20081 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20082 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20083 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20084 before running the agenda command.
20086 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20087 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20089 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20091 category The category of the item
20092 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20093 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20094 todo selected in TODO match
20095 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20096 diary imported from diary
20097 deadline a deadline on given date
20098 scheduled scheduled on given date
20099 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20100 closed entry was closed on given date
20101 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20102 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20103 block entry has date block including g. date
20104 todo The todo keyword, if any
20105 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20106 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20107 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20108 extra Sting with extra planning info
20109 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20110 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20111 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20113 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20115 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20116 Store agenda views.
20118 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20120 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20121 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20123 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20125 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20126 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20127 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20128 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20130 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20131 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20132 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20134 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20135 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20137 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20138 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20140 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20142 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20143 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20145 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20146 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20147 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20148 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20151 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20152 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20153 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20154 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20155 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20156 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20158 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20159 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20160 including newlines.
20162 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20163 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20164 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20165 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20166 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20167 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20168 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20170 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20171 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20172 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20173 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20175 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20176 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20177 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20178 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20179 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20180 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20181 Boolean search must match as full words.
20183 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20184 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20186 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20188 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20189 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20190 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20191 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20192 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20193 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20197 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20198 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20199 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20201 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20203 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20204 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20205 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20206 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20207 `org-stuck-projects'.
20209 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20211 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20212 Return diary information from org files.
20213 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20214 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20215 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20216 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20217 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20219 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20221 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20223 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20224 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20228 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20229 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20230 So the example above may also be written as
20232 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20234 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20235 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20236 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20238 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20240 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20241 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20243 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20245 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20246 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20247 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20248 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20249 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20251 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20253 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20254 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20255 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20259 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20260 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20261 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20264 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20265 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20267 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20268 for filtering entries out.
20270 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20271 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20272 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20274 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20275 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20277 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20278 (category \"Work\"))
20280 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20281 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20283 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20284 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20285 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20286 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20287 details and examples.
20289 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20290 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20292 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22150 28228
20297 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20300 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20301 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20303 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20305 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20307 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20308 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20309 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20310 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20311 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20312 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20314 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20315 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20316 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20319 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20321 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20322 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20325 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20326 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20327 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20328 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20330 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20332 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20333 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22150 28228
20340 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20343 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20344 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20348 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20353 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20354 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20355 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20357 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20359 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20360 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20362 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20364 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20365 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20367 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20369 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20370 Write the column view table.
20371 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20373 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20374 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20375 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20376 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20377 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20378 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20379 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20380 using `org-id-find'.
20381 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20382 a hline before each level <= that number.
20383 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20384 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20386 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20387 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20389 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20391 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20392 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20396 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20397 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22192 2874
20404 ;;;;;; 471382 391000))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20407 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20408 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22150 28228 602072
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20418 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20419 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20426 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20429 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20430 The release version of org-mode.
20431 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20435 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20436 The Git version of org-mode.
20437 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22150 28228 666072
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20446 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20447 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20449 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20450 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20451 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20452 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20454 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20455 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20456 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20457 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20459 \\{outline-mode-map}
20460 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20461 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20462 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20463 are used when point is on a heading line.
20465 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20466 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20467 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20469 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20470 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20474 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20475 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20480 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20483 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22338 59064
20488 ;;;;;; 814791 248000))
20489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20490 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20492 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20493 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20494 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20495 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20496 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20498 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20499 activate the package system at any time.")
20501 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20503 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20504 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20505 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20506 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20507 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20509 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20510 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20511 loading packages twice.
20512 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20513 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20514 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20516 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20518 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20519 Import keys from FILE.
20521 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20523 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20524 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20525 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20526 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20527 and make them available for download.
20528 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20529 downloads in the background.
20531 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20533 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20534 Install the package PKG.
20535 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20536 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20538 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20539 `package-selected-packages'.
20541 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20542 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20544 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20546 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20547 Install a package from the current buffer.
20548 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20549 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20550 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20552 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20553 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20554 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20556 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20560 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20561 Install a package from a file.
20562 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20567 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20568 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20569 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20573 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20574 Reinstall package PKG.
20575 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20580 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20581 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20583 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20584 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20589 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20590 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20592 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20594 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20595 Display a list of packages.
20596 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20597 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20598 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20600 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20602 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22150 28228 666072 702000))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20609 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20610 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20611 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20612 for a description of this minor mode.
20613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20615 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20617 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20619 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20620 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20622 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20623 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20625 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20626 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20627 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22226
20634 ;;;;;; 58701 641313 948000))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20636 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20638 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20639 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20640 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20641 unknown are returned as nil.
20643 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22197 58438
20648 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
20649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20651 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20652 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20653 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20655 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20656 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20658 Other useful functions are:
20660 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20661 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20662 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20663 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20664 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20665 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20666 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20667 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20668 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20670 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20672 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20673 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20674 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20675 Indentation for case statements.
20676 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20677 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20679 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20680 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20681 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20682 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20683 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20684 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20685 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20686 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20687 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20688 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20690 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20691 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22150
20698 ;;;;;; 28228 666072 702000))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20701 (defvar password-cache t "\
20702 Whether to cache passwords.")
20704 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20706 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20707 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20708 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20710 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20712 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20713 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20715 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22195 16710
20720 ;;;;;; 371344 967000))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20723 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20724 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20725 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20727 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20728 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20729 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20730 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20732 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20733 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20734 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20736 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20737 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20738 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20739 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20740 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20743 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20744 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20745 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20746 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20748 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20750 _ matches anything.
20751 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20752 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20753 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20754 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20755 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20756 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20757 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20758 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20759 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20760 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20761 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20762 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20764 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20766 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20767 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20768 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20769 which is the value being matched.
20770 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20771 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20773 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20774 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20776 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20778 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20780 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20781 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20783 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20785 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20787 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20788 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20789 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20790 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20791 variable name being but a special case of it).
20793 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20795 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20797 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20799 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20800 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20801 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20802 of the form (PAT EXP).
20804 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20806 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20808 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20809 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20810 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20811 of the form (PAT EXP).
20812 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20813 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20816 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20818 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20820 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20823 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20825 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20827 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20828 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20829 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20832 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20834 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20836 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22150 28228 666072
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20845 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22150 28228 666072
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20856 Completion for `gzip'.
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20861 Completion for `bzip2'.
20865 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20866 Completion for GNU `make'.
20870 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20871 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20875 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22150 28228
20880 ;;;;;; 670072 702000))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20884 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20888 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20889 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20893 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20894 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22150 28228 670072
20902 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20905 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22150 28228 670072
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20915 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20916 Completion for `cd'.
20920 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20922 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20923 Completion for `rmdir'.
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20928 Completion for `rm'.
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20933 Completion for `xargs'.
20937 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20939 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20940 Completion for `which'.
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20945 Completion for the `chown' command.
20949 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20950 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20954 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20955 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20959 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20960 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20961 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22150 28228 670072
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20971 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20972 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20976 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20977 Completion for the `ack' command.
20978 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20983 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20985 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20986 Completion for the `ag' command.
20992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22150 28228 674072
20994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20996 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20997 Support extensible programmable completion.
20998 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20999 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21001 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21003 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21004 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21008 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21009 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21010 This will modify the current buffer.
21014 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21015 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21019 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21020 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21021 This will modify the current buffer.
21025 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21026 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21030 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21031 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21035 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21036 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21037 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21038 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21039 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21041 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21043 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21044 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22182 4679 527463 499000))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21053 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21054 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21055 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21056 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21058 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21060 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21062 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21063 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21064 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21065 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21066 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21067 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21070 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21072 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21073 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21074 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21075 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21076 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21077 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21078 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21079 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21081 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21084 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21085 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21086 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21089 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21092 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21095 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21096 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21097 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21098 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21099 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21100 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21102 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21104 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21105 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21106 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21108 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21110 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21111 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21112 A value of nil means never do it.
21113 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21114 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21115 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21117 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21119 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21120 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21121 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22150 28229
21126 ;;;;;; 278072 702000))
21127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21129 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21130 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22197
21135 ;;;;;; 58438 503460 447000))
21136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21137 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21139 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21141 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21142 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21144 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21145 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21146 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21147 Tab indents for Perl code.
21148 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21149 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21150 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21152 Variables controlling indentation style:
21153 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21154 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21155 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21156 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21157 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21158 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21159 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21161 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21162 `perl-indent-level'
21163 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21164 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21165 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21166 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21167 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21168 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21169 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21170 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21171 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21172 `perl-brace-offset'
21173 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21174 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21175 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21176 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21177 `perl-label-offset'
21178 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21179 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21180 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21182 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21183 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21184 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21185 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21186 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21187 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21188 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21190 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22168 58180
21197 ;;;;;; 311008 971000))
21198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21200 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21201 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21202 \\<picture-mode-map>
21203 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21204 afterwards settable by these commands:
21206 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21207 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21208 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21209 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21211 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21212 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21213 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21214 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21216 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21217 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21218 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21219 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21221 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21222 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21223 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21224 with these commands:
21226 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21227 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21228 Move to column following last
21229 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21230 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21231 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21232 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21233 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21234 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21236 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21238 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21239 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21240 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21241 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21242 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21243 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21245 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21246 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21247 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21248 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21249 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21250 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21251 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21253 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21254 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21255 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21256 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21257 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21258 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21259 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21260 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21262 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21263 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21264 by supplying an argument.
21266 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21268 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21269 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21273 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22218 64587 997919
21279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21280 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21282 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21283 Start a Pinentry service.
21285 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21286 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21288 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21291 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22150 28228 10072
21297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21299 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21300 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21304 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21305 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22150 28229 106072
21313 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21315 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21316 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21317 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21319 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
21324 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21326 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21327 Play pong and waste time.
21328 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21329 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21331 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
21340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21342 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21343 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21344 Use streaming commands.
21346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22150 28227 454072
21352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21354 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21355 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21356 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21357 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21359 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21361 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21362 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21366 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21367 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21368 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21369 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21370 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21372 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21374 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21375 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21376 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21378 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21380 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21381 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21383 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21385 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21386 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21387 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21388 Ignores leading comment characters.
21392 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21393 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21394 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21395 Ignores leading comment characters.
21401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22338 59064 978791
21403 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21404 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21406 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21407 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21409 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21411 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21416 Preview directory using ghostview.
21418 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21419 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21420 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21421 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21423 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21424 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21425 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21426 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21427 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21430 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21432 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21435 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21437 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21438 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21439 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21440 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21442 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21443 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21444 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21445 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21446 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21449 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21451 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21454 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21456 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21457 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21458 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21459 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21461 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21462 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21463 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21464 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21465 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21468 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21470 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21473 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21475 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21477 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21478 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21479 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21480 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21482 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21483 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21484 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21485 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21486 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21489 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21491 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21494 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21496 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21497 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21498 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21500 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21501 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21502 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21503 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21505 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21508 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21510 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21511 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21512 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21515 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21516 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21517 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21519 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21521 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21522 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21524 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21525 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21526 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21528 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21529 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21530 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21531 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21536 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21538 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21541 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21542 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21544 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21545 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21546 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21547 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21549 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21552 Preview region using ghostview.
21554 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21556 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21559 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21561 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21563 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21566 Print region using PostScript printer.
21568 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21570 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21572 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21573 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21575 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21579 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21580 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21582 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21584 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21586 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21587 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21589 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21591 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21593 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21594 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21596 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21598 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21601 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21603 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21605 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21607 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21608 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21609 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21610 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21612 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21615 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21616 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21620 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21623 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21624 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21625 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21629 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21630 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21631 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21632 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21636 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21637 Print directory using text printer.
21639 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21642 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21643 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21645 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21647 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21650 Print buffer using text printer.
21654 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21655 Print region using text printer.
21659 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21660 Print major mode using text printer.
21664 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21665 Preview spooled PostScript.
21667 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21668 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21669 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21671 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21672 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21673 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21675 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21678 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21680 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21681 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21682 instead of sending it to the printer.
21684 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21685 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21686 image in a file with that name.
21688 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21690 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21691 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21693 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21694 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21695 instead of sending it to the printer.
21697 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21698 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21699 image in a file with that name.
21701 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21704 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21707 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21708 instead of sending it to the printer.
21710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21711 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21712 image in a file with that name.
21714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21717 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21719 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21722 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21724 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21727 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21729 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21732 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21734 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21737 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21739 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21742 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21745 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21746 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21747 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21749 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21750 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21751 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21752 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21753 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21754 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21757 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21760 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21764 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21765 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21767 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21769 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21774 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21775 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21779 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21780 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21784 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21785 Toggle printing with faces.
21789 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21794 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21799 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21802 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21804 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21809 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21814 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21815 Toggle upside-down.
21819 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21820 Toggle line number.
21824 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21825 Toggle zebra stripes.
21829 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21830 Toggle printing header.
21834 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21835 Toggle printing header frame.
21839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21844 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21845 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21849 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21854 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21855 Customization of the `printing' group.
21857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21860 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21862 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21865 Help for the printing package.
21867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21870 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21874 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21875 Interactively select a text printer.
21879 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21880 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21884 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21885 Show current ps-print settings.
21887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21890 Show current printing settings.
21892 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21895 Show current lpr settings.
21897 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21900 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21902 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21903 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21904 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21905 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21908 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21910 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21911 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21912 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21914 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21915 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21916 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21917 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21918 current active printer.
21920 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21921 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21922 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21925 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21926 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21927 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21928 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21929 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21932 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21933 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21935 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21937 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21938 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21939 be done using the new current active printer.
21941 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21942 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21945 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21946 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21947 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21948 instead of sending it to the printer.
21950 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21951 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21954 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21957 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21960 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21962 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21963 Fast fire function for text printing.
21965 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21966 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21967 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21968 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21970 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21971 user for a new active text printer.
21973 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21975 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21977 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21978 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21981 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21983 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21986 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22150 28228 702072 702000))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21993 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21994 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21995 \\<proced-mode-map>
21996 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21997 the process information.
21999 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22001 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22150 28228 702072
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22012 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22013 Start/restart profilers.
22014 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22015 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22016 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22020 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22021 Open profile FILENAME.
22023 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22025 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22026 Open profile FILENAME.
22028 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22030 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22031 Open profile FILENAME.
22033 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22315 11204
22038 ;;;;;; 929560 191000))
22039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22041 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22042 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22043 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22044 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22045 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22046 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22048 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22050 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22051 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22053 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22055 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22058 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22059 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22060 pattern to search for.
22062 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22064 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22065 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22066 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22071 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22072 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22073 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22283 34751
22081 ;;;;;; 181333 844000))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22084 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22085 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22087 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22088 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22090 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22092 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22093 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22096 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22100 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22101 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22102 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22106 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22107 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22108 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22150 28228 986072 702000))
22115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22117 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22118 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22119 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22121 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22197 58438
22126 ;;;;;; 507460 447000))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22128 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22130 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22131 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22133 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22135 The following variables hold user options, and can
22136 be set through the `customize' command:
22139 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22140 `ps-mode-print-function'
22142 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22146 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22149 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22155 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22156 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22157 The keymap for this second window is:
22159 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22162 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22163 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22164 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22165 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22166 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22220 19926 440329
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22175 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22177 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22178 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22179 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22181 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22183 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22184 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22185 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22186 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22188 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22190 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22191 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22195 nil Do not print colors.
22199 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22200 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22202 Any other value is treated as t.")
22204 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22207 Customization of ps-print group.
22211 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22212 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22214 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22215 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22216 sending it to the printer.
22218 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22219 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22220 image in a file with that name.
22222 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22224 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22226 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22228 so it has a way to determine color values.
22230 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22232 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22233 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22234 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22236 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22238 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22239 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22240 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22241 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22242 so it has a way to determine color values.
22244 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22246 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22247 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22248 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22249 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22251 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22255 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22257 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22258 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22259 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22265 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22266 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22267 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22269 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22273 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22274 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22275 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22276 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22277 so it has a way to determine color values.
22279 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22283 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22284 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22286 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22287 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22288 instead of sending it to the printer.
22290 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22291 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22292 image in a file with that name.
22294 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22296 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22297 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22298 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22299 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22300 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22304 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22305 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22306 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22308 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22310 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22311 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22312 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22314 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22317 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22321 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22322 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22324 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22325 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22327 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22328 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22330 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22332 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22334 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22336 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22337 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22339 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22340 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22342 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22343 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22345 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22347 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22349 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22351 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22352 foreground and background colors respectively.
22354 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22355 bold - use bold font.
22356 italic - use italic font.
22357 underline - put a line under text.
22358 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22359 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22360 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22361 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22362 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22364 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22366 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22150 28227 222072
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22373 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22375 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22376 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22377 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22379 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22381 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22382 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22383 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22385 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22304 40885
22390 ;;;;;; 57243 884000))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22392 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22394 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22396 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22398 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22399 Run an inferior Python process.
22401 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22402 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22403 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22404 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22405 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22407 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22408 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22409 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22410 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22412 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22413 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22414 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22416 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22418 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22419 Major mode for editing Python files.
22421 \\{python-mode-map}
22427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
22428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22430 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22431 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22432 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22435 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22436 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22438 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22439 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22440 them into characters should be done separately.
22442 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22174 10581
22447 ;;;;;; 673112 520000))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22450 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22451 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22455 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22456 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22457 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22459 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22460 `quail-activate', which see.
22462 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22464 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22465 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22466 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22467 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22468 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22469 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22470 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22472 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22473 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22474 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22475 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22476 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22478 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22480 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22481 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22482 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22483 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22484 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22485 list of candidates.
22487 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22488 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22489 command to be called.
22491 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22492 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22493 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22494 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22496 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22497 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22498 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22499 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22500 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22503 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22504 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22505 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22506 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22508 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22509 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22510 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22511 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22512 defines no translations for single character keys.
22514 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22515 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22516 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22517 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22518 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22519 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22521 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22522 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22523 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22524 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22525 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22526 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22528 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22529 covers Quail translation region.
22531 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22532 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22533 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22534 for it) is inserted.
22536 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22537 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22538 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22540 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22541 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22542 non-Quail commands.
22544 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22546 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22547 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22549 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22550 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22551 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22552 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22553 you type is correctly handled.
22555 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22557 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22558 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22560 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22563 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22565 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22566 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22567 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22568 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22569 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22570 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22571 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22572 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22573 for the translation.
22574 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22576 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22577 it is used to handle KEY.
22579 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22580 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22581 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22582 the following annotation types are supported.
22584 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22585 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22587 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22590 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22591 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22592 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22595 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22596 generated for the following translations.
22598 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22600 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22601 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22603 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22604 which to install MAP.
22606 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22608 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22610 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22611 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22613 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22614 which to install MAP.
22616 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22618 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22620 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22621 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22622 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22623 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22624 a function, or a cons.
22625 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22626 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22627 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22628 for the translation.
22629 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22630 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22631 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22632 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22633 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22635 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22636 it is used to handle KEY.
22638 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22639 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22640 current Quail package.
22642 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22643 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22645 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22647 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22648 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22650 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22651 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22653 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22655 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22656 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22658 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22660 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22661 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22662 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22663 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22664 of the Emacs source tree.
22666 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22667 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22669 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22670 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22673 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22150
22678 ;;;;;; 28228 202072 702000))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22681 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22682 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22683 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22684 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22686 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22691 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 210072 702000))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22694 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22695 Activate UCS input method.
22696 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22698 While this input method is active, the variable
22699 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22701 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22197 58438 347460
22707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22709 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22710 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22711 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22712 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22714 To make use of this do something like:
22716 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22718 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22720 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22721 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22723 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22724 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22725 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22727 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22729 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22730 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22732 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22734 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22735 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22737 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22740 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22742 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22743 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22745 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22746 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22747 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22749 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22751 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22752 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22754 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22756 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22757 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22761 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22762 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22764 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22766 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22770 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22771 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22150 28228 390072
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22781 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22782 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22784 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22786 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22790 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22792 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22795 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22797 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22798 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22799 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22800 for a description of this minor mode.
22801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22803 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22805 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22807 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22808 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22810 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22811 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22150
22818 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22821 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22823 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22824 Construct a regexp interactively.
22825 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22826 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22827 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22829 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22830 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22349 29365 690989
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22840 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22841 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22842 See the `recentf-mode' command
22843 for a description of this minor mode.
22844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22846 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22848 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22850 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22851 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22853 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22854 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22856 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22857 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22858 were operated on recently.
22860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22311 14139 238375 715000))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22867 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22868 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22869 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22870 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22873 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22874 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22877 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22879 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22880 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22881 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22883 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22884 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22887 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22889 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22890 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22891 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22893 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22895 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22896 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22898 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22899 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22901 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22904 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22905 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22906 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22907 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22910 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22912 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22913 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22917 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22918 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22922 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22923 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22924 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22925 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22926 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22927 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22928 and point is at the lower right corner.
22930 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22932 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22933 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22935 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22936 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22938 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22939 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22940 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22942 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22944 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22946 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22947 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22948 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22949 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22950 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22952 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22953 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22955 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22957 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22958 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22959 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22961 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22963 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22965 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22967 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22968 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22970 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22971 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22972 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22974 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22976 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22977 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22978 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22980 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22981 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22982 rectangle which were empty.
22984 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22986 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22987 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22989 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22990 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22991 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22992 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22994 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22996 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22997 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22998 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
23000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22150 28229
23005 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23008 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23009 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23014 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23015 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23016 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23019 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22179 28801
23026 ;;;;;; 466001 468000))
23027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23028 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23029 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23030 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23031 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23033 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23034 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23038 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23039 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23041 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23042 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23044 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23045 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23046 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23049 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23050 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23051 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23053 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23054 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23055 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23057 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23058 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23060 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23061 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23063 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23064 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23067 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23071 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23072 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23073 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22182
23080 ;;;;;; 44208 583853 279000))
23081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23082 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23083 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23084 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23085 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22150
23090 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
23091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23093 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23094 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23095 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23096 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23097 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23098 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23100 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23101 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23103 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23105 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23106 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23108 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23110 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23111 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23112 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23113 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23115 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22150 28227 454072
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23122 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22150 28229
23127 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23129 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23131 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23132 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23133 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23134 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23136 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23138 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23140 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23141 Call `remember' in another frame.
23143 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23145 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23146 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23147 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23151 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23152 Extract diary entries from the region.
23156 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23157 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23158 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23159 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23161 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23163 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23164 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23165 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23168 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23170 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23173 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23174 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23175 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23177 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23183 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23185 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23186 Repeat most recently executed command.
23187 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23188 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23189 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23191 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23192 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23193 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23194 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23196 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23197 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23198 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23200 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22150 28228
23205 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
23206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23208 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23209 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23211 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23212 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23213 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23214 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23215 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23216 and point is left after the salutation.
23218 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23219 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23220 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23221 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23222 left after that text.
23224 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23227 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23228 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23229 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23230 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23232 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22150 28228 994072
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23240 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23241 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23242 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23243 visibility of comments that precede it.
23244 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23245 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23246 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23247 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23248 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23249 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23250 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23251 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23253 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23254 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23255 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23256 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23257 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23266 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23267 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23270 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23272 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23273 reveals invisible text around point.
23275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23277 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23278 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23279 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23280 for a description of this minor mode.
23281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23283 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23285 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23287 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23288 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23289 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22150 28227 454072
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23303 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23304 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23308 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23309 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23311 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22150 28228 394072
23317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23319 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23320 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23321 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23322 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23324 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23326 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23327 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23328 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23329 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23331 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23332 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23334 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23335 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23337 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23338 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23341 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23342 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23343 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23344 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23345 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23347 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23348 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23349 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23350 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23352 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23353 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23356 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22250 56969 841825
23362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23364 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23365 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23367 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23369 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23371 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23372 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23373 Its name should end with a slash.")
23375 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23376 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23378 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23379 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23380 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23382 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23384 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23385 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23386 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23387 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23388 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23389 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23390 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23392 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23393 sent by you under different user names.
23394 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23396 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23398 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23400 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23402 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23403 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23404 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23407 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23409 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23410 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23411 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23412 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23413 which normally happens once for each message,
23414 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23415 To make a change in this variable take effect
23416 for a message that you have already viewed,
23417 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23419 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23421 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23422 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23423 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23424 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23426 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23428 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23429 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23431 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23433 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23434 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23435 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23437 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23439 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23440 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23441 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23442 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23443 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23444 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23446 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23448 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23449 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23451 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23453 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23454 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23456 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23458 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23459 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23461 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23462 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23464 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23466 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23467 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23469 This is set to nil by default.")
23471 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23472 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23473 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23474 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23475 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23476 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23477 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23479 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23480 Read and edit incoming mail.
23481 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23482 file in RMAIL Mode.
23483 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23485 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23486 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23487 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23488 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23490 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23492 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23494 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23495 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23496 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23497 Instead, these commands are available:
23499 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23500 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23501 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23502 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23503 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23504 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23505 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23506 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23507 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23508 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23509 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23510 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23511 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23512 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23513 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23514 till a deleted message is found.
23515 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23516 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23517 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23518 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23519 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23520 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23521 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23522 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23523 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23524 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23525 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23526 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23527 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23528 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23529 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23530 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23531 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23532 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23533 (label defaults to last one specified).
23534 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23535 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23536 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23537 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23538 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23539 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23540 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23541 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23542 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23546 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23547 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23549 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23551 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23552 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23554 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22150 28228
23559 ;;;;;; 246072 702000))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23561 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23563 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23564 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23565 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23566 case it writes Babyl.
23568 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23569 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23570 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23571 `rmail-default-file'.
23573 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23574 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23575 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23577 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23578 the header display is currently pruned.
23580 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23581 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23582 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23583 messages after output.
23585 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23586 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23587 message (if writing a file directly).
23589 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23590 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23592 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23594 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23595 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23596 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23597 i) the header is output as currently seen
23598 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23599 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23601 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23602 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23603 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23605 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23607 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23608 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23609 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23610 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23611 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23612 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23613 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23615 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23616 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23617 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23619 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22150 28228
23624 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
23625 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23627 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23628 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23631 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22150 28228
23636 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23639 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23640 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23641 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23642 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22150 28228
23649 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23652 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23653 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23655 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23656 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23657 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23658 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23659 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23660 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23661 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23662 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23663 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23664 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23666 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23667 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23668 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23669 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23670 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23671 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23672 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23673 to use for finding the schema.
23675 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22150 28228 462072
23681 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23683 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23685 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23686 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23687 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23688 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23689 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23690 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23691 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23692 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23693 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23694 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23695 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23696 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23697 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23698 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23699 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23700 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23703 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23708 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23711 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23712 Define a robin package.
23714 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23715 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23716 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23717 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23719 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23720 one replaces the old one.
23722 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23724 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23725 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23727 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23728 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23729 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23731 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23733 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23734 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23736 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23743 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23744 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23746 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23748 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23749 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23753 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23754 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23758 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23759 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23760 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23762 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23763 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23766 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23770 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23771 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22150 28229 146072
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23780 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23782 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23783 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23786 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23787 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23794 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23795 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23797 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23798 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23800 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23801 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23802 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22324
23809 ;;;;;; 26168 770040 988000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23811 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23813 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23814 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23820 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23822 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22150 28228 994072
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23829 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23831 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23832 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23833 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23835 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23836 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22150 28227 454072
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23849 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23850 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23851 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23852 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23854 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23856 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23857 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23858 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23860 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23861 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23862 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23864 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23868 matches string STRING literally.
23871 matches character CHAR literally.
23873 `not-newline', `nonl'
23874 matches any character except a newline.
23877 matches any character
23882 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23883 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23884 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23886 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23887 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23888 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23889 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23891 `(not (any SET ...))'
23892 matches any character not in SET ...
23894 `line-start', `bol'
23895 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23896 in the text being matched
23899 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23901 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23902 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23903 string being matched against.
23905 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23906 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23907 string being matched against.
23910 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23911 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23914 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23915 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23918 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23920 `word-start', `bow'
23921 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23924 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23927 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23930 `(not word-boundary)'
23931 `not-word-boundary'
23932 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23936 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23939 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23941 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23942 matches 0 through 9.
23945 matches ASCII control characters.
23947 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23948 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23951 matches space and tab only.
23954 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23955 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23956 unassigned by Unicode.
23958 `printing', `print'
23959 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23961 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23962 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23963 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23965 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23966 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23967 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23970 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23973 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23975 `lower', `lower-case'
23976 matches anything lower-case.
23978 `upper', `upper-case'
23979 matches anything upper-case.
23981 `punctuation', `punct'
23982 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23983 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23985 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23986 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23989 matches anything that has word syntax.
23992 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23995 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23996 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23997 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23999 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24000 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24003 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24004 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24005 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24006 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24007 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24009 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24010 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24011 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24012 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24013 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24015 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24016 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24018 `(category CATEGORY)'
24019 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24020 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24022 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24023 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24024 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24025 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24029 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24030 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24031 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24032 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24033 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24034 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24035 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24036 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24037 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24038 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24039 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24040 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24041 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24042 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24051 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24055 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24057 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24062 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24063 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24065 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24066 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24067 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24068 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24069 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24071 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24072 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24073 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24074 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24076 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24077 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24078 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24081 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24082 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24083 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24084 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24085 regular expression.
24087 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24088 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24089 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24090 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24091 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24093 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24094 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24096 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24097 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24099 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24101 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24104 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24105 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24108 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24109 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24111 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24113 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24116 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24119 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24121 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24122 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24124 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24127 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24130 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24134 matches N occurrences.
24137 matches N or more occurrences.
24139 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24140 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24141 matches N to M occurrences.
24144 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24147 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24151 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24153 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22150 28228
24158 ;;;;;; 394072 702000))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24160 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22150 28228 994072
24166 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24167 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24169 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24170 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24171 See the `savehist-mode' command
24172 for a description of this minor mode.
24173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24174 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24175 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24177 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24179 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24180 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24181 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24182 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24183 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24185 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24186 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24187 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24188 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24190 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24191 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24192 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22224 16978 400323
24200 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24202 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24203 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24204 See the `save-place-mode' command
24205 for a description of this minor mode.
24206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24208 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24210 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24212 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24213 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24214 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24215 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24219 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24220 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24221 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24222 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24223 even in a later Emacs session.
24225 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24226 the argument is positive.
24228 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24231 \(save-place-mode 1)
24233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22150 28228
24238 ;;;;;; 910072 702000))
24239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24241 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24242 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24243 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24245 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24246 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24247 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24248 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24249 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24250 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24251 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24252 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24255 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24256 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24257 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24261 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24262 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24263 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24266 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24267 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24268 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24269 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24270 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24271 that variable's value is a string.
24277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22150 28228
24278 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24281 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24282 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24283 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24285 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22150 28228 994072
24293 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24295 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24296 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24297 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24298 for a description of this minor mode.
24299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24301 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24303 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24305 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24306 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24311 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24312 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22150 28228
24319 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24322 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24323 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24325 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24326 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24327 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24328 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24329 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22150 28228 394072
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24338 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24339 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22150 28227
24344 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
24345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24346 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24348 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24349 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24350 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24352 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24353 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24354 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24355 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24356 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24357 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24358 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24359 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24360 keybinding for tag names.
24361 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24362 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24363 of the symbol under point.
24364 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24365 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24366 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24367 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24368 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24370 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24372 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24374 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24375 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24376 See the `semantic-mode' command
24377 for a description of this minor mode.
24378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24380 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24382 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24384 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24385 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24387 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24388 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24390 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24391 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24392 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24393 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24396 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24403 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 234072 702000))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24406 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24407 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24414 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 266072 702000))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24417 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24418 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22224 36171
24425 ;;;;;; 816467 383000))
24426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24428 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24429 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24431 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24433 If `parens', they look like:
24434 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24435 If `angles', they look like:
24436 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24438 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24439 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24441 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24443 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24444 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24445 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24446 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24448 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24449 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24450 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24451 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24453 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24455 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24456 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24457 This is done when the message is initialized,
24458 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24460 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24462 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24463 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24464 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24466 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24468 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24469 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24470 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24471 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24472 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24473 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24474 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24476 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24478 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24479 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24481 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24483 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24484 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24485 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24488 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24490 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24491 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24492 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24493 when you first send mail.")
24495 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24497 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24498 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24499 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24500 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24501 This file need not actually exist.")
24503 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24505 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24506 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24508 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24510 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24511 Alist of mail address aliases,
24512 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24513 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24514 can specify a different file name.)
24515 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24516 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24518 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24519 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24520 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24522 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24524 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24525 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24526 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24528 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24530 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24531 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24532 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24533 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24534 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24535 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24536 in the cited portion of the message.
24538 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24539 instead of no action.")
24541 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24543 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24544 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24545 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24546 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24547 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24549 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24551 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24552 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24553 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24554 If a string, that string is inserted.
24555 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24556 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24557 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24558 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24560 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24562 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24563 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24565 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24567 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24568 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24569 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24571 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24572 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24574 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24576 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24577 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24578 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24579 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24581 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24583 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24584 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24585 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24589 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24591 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24594 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24596 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24597 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24598 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24600 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24601 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24603 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24604 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24605 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24606 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24607 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24608 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24609 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24610 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24611 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24612 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24613 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24614 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24615 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24616 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24620 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24621 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24622 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24623 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24625 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24627 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24628 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24629 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24630 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24631 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24632 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24634 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24635 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24636 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24638 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24639 User should not set this variable manually,
24640 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24641 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24642 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24644 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24645 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24646 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24647 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24649 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24650 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24653 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24655 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24656 to move to message header fields:
24659 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24660 when the message is initialized.
24662 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24663 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24665 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24668 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24669 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24671 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24672 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24673 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24674 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24675 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24676 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24677 buffer without erasing the contents.
24679 The second through fifth arguments,
24680 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24681 the initial contents of those header fields.
24682 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24683 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24684 original message being replied to, or else an action
24685 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24686 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24687 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24688 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24689 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24690 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24692 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24694 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24695 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24697 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24699 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24700 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24702 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22278 49573 67090
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24709 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22150 28228 998072 702000))
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24716 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24718 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24720 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24722 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24723 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24724 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24725 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24726 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24727 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24729 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24730 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24732 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24733 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24734 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24736 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24739 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24741 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24742 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24743 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24744 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24746 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24748 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24749 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24750 See the `server-mode' command
24751 for a description of this minor mode.
24752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24754 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24756 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24758 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24759 Toggle Server mode.
24760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24762 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24764 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24765 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24766 `server-start' for details.
24768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24770 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24771 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24772 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24774 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24775 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24777 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22342 56118 896613 383000))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24784 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24785 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24787 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24788 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24789 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24790 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24791 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24793 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24794 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24795 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24796 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24797 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24798 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24800 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24803 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24804 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24805 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24807 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24808 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24810 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24811 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24814 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24816 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24817 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24819 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22150
24826 ;;;;;; 28229 150072 702000))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24829 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24830 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24832 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24835 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24836 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24837 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24839 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24842 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24844 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24845 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24850 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24851 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24852 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24853 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24854 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24855 which this is based.
24857 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24859 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24860 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24861 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24862 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24864 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24865 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24866 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24868 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24869 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24870 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24871 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24873 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24874 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24875 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24876 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24878 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24880 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24881 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24882 To work around that, do:
24883 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22291
24892 ;;;;;; 28851 657608 847000))
24893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24894 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24895 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24897 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24898 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24899 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24900 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24901 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24902 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24904 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24905 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24906 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24907 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24908 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24910 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24911 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24912 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24914 \\[sh-case] case statement
24915 \\[sh-for] for loop
24916 \\[sh-function] function definition
24917 \\[sh-if] if statement
24918 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24919 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24920 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24921 \\[sh-select] select loop
24922 \\[sh-until] until loop
24923 \\[sh-while] while loop
24925 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24926 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24927 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24928 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24929 would indent to the way it currently is.
24930 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24931 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24934 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24935 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24936 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24937 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24938 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24940 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24941 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24942 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24944 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24945 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24946 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24948 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24949 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24953 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22150 28227
24958 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24961 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24962 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24964 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24965 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24966 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24968 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24969 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24970 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24971 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24974 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24976 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24978 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24979 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24980 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24982 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24983 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24985 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24986 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24987 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24988 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24989 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24990 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24991 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24994 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24995 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24996 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24997 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24998 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25000 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25001 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25003 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22150 28229 14072
25009 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25011 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25012 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25013 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25014 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25015 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25016 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25017 sites in the cluster.
25021 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25022 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25023 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25024 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25025 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25029 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25030 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25031 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25032 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25033 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25034 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25035 `shadow-define-cluster').
25039 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25040 Set up file shadowing.
25046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
25047 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25049 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25050 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25051 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25052 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25053 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25056 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25058 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25059 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25060 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25061 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25062 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25064 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25065 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25066 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25067 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25068 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25069 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25070 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25071 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25072 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25073 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25074 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25076 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25077 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25078 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25079 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25080 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25081 `default-process-coding-system'.
25083 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25084 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25085 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25086 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25088 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25090 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22255 55369 13338 944000))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25097 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25098 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25100 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25102 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25103 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25104 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25105 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25107 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22150 28228 18072
25113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25115 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25118 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25120 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25123 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25125 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25128 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25130 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25133 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22150 28228
25138 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
25139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25141 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25142 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25143 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25144 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25145 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25147 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22197 58438
25154 ;;;;;; 563460 447000))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25157 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25158 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25159 \\{simula-mode-map}
25160 Variables controlling indentation style:
25161 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25162 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25163 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25164 `simula-indent-level'
25165 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25166 `simula-substatement-offset'
25167 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25168 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25169 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25170 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25171 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25172 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25173 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25174 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25175 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25176 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25177 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25178 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25179 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25180 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25181 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25182 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25183 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25184 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25185 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25186 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25187 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25188 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25189 or nil if they should not be changed.
25190 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25191 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25192 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25193 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25195 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25196 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22197 58438 667460
25204 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25206 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25207 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25209 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25210 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25211 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25212 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25214 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25216 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25218 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25220 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25221 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25222 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25223 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25224 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25226 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25227 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25229 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25231 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25232 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25234 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25235 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25236 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25237 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25239 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25240 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25241 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25242 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25244 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25245 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25246 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25248 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25249 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25251 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25252 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25254 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25255 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25257 _ interesting point, interregion here
25258 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25259 interesting point set by _
25260 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25261 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25262 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25263 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25264 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25265 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25268 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25269 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25271 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25272 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25273 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25274 as the first element when at bol.
25276 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25277 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25278 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25279 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25280 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25281 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25282 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25283 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25285 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25286 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25287 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25288 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25289 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25292 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25293 then: insert previously read string once more
25294 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25295 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25296 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25298 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25299 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25301 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25303 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25304 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25306 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25307 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25308 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25309 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25310 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25313 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25314 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25315 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25316 twice for the others.
25322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22150 28229
25323 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
25324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25326 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25327 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25328 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25331 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25333 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25334 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25336 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25337 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25338 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25342 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25343 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25344 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22150 28228 18072
25352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25354 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25355 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25356 A list of images is returned.
25358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25361 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25362 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22150 28228
25369 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
25370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25372 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25377 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25378 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22150 28228 682072
25386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25388 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25389 Play the Snake game.
25390 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25392 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25394 Snake mode keybindings:
25396 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25397 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25398 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25399 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25400 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25401 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25402 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22150 28228
25409 ;;;;;; 402072 702000))
25410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25412 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25413 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25414 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25415 Tab indents for C code.
25416 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25417 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25419 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25424 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25425 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25427 Tab indents for C code.
25428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25432 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22249 52871
25439 ;;;;;; 284284 99000))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25441 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22284 55604 54845
25447 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25449 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25450 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25451 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25452 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25453 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25455 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22150 28228
25462 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
25463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25465 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25468 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25469 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25470 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25471 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25472 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25473 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25474 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25475 check after each move or undo.)
25479 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25480 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25481 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25500 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25501 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25502 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25503 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25505 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25506 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25507 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25510 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25511 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25513 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25529 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25531 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22150 28229 18072 702000))
25538 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25539 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25541 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25542 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25544 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25545 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25546 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25547 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25550 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25551 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25552 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25555 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25556 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25558 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25559 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25560 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25561 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25564 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25565 It should move point to the end of the record.
25567 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25568 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25569 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25570 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25571 starts at the beginning of the record.
25573 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25574 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25577 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25578 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25579 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25580 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25581 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25582 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25583 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25585 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25587 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25588 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25589 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25590 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25591 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25594 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25596 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25597 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25598 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25599 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25600 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25603 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25606 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25607 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25608 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25609 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25612 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25613 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25615 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25616 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25617 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25618 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25619 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25620 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25621 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25622 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25623 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25625 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25627 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25628 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25629 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25630 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25631 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25632 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25633 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25636 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25638 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25639 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25640 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25641 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25643 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25644 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25646 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25647 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25648 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25649 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25650 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25651 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25652 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25653 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25655 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25657 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25660 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25661 starting with the letter \"f\",
25662 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25664 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25666 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25667 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25668 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25669 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25670 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25671 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25672 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25675 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25676 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25677 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25678 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25679 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25681 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25683 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25684 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25685 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25687 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25689 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25690 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25691 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25692 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25693 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25694 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25695 each repeated line.
25697 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25698 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25699 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25700 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25702 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25703 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25705 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25706 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25708 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22150 28228 22072 702000))
25713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25715 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25716 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25717 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25718 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25719 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25720 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25722 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22150
25727 ;;;;;; 28228 22072 702000))
25728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25730 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25731 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25733 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25734 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25735 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25737 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25740 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25741 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25744 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25746 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25747 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25748 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25750 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25752 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25753 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25754 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25755 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25760 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25761 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25762 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25763 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22189 64323 312321
25771 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25773 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25775 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25776 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25777 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25778 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25779 supported at a time.
25780 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25781 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25786 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25787 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25788 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22150 28228 682072
25796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25798 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25799 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25803 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25804 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22203 10834 812791
25812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25813 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25815 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25816 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25818 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25819 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25820 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25821 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25822 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25823 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25824 of the current highlighting list.
25828 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25829 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25831 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25832 `_t' as data types.
25834 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25836 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25837 Major mode to edit SQL.
25839 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25840 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25841 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25844 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25846 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25847 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25848 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25849 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25850 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25851 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25853 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25854 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25856 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25857 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25858 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25860 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25862 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25866 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25867 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25869 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25872 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25873 is specified in the connection settings.
25875 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25877 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25878 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25880 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25881 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25883 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25884 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25885 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25886 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25890 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25892 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25893 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25900 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25901 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25902 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25908 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25912 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25913 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25914 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25915 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25916 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25917 `default-process-coding-system'.
25919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25924 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25931 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25932 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25933 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25935 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25936 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25938 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25939 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25940 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25943 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25944 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25945 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25946 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25947 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25948 `default-process-coding-system'.
25950 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25952 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25954 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25955 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25962 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25964 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25965 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25967 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25968 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25969 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25972 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25973 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25974 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25975 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25976 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25977 `default-process-coding-system'.
25979 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25981 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25983 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25984 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25986 SQLite is free software.
25988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25992 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25993 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25994 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25995 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25997 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26000 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26001 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26002 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26007 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26010 `default-process-coding-system'.
26012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26017 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26019 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26027 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26028 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26030 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26031 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26033 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26034 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26035 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26040 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26043 `default-process-coding-system'.
26045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26049 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26050 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26052 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26053 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26056 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26057 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26060 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26061 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26063 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26064 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26065 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26070 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26073 `default-process-coding-system'.
26075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26077 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26079 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26080 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26087 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26089 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26092 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26093 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26094 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26099 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26102 `default-process-coding-system'.
26104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26108 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26109 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26116 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26117 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26118 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26120 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26121 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26123 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26124 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26125 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26128 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26129 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26130 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26131 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26132 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26133 `default-process-coding-system'.
26135 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26137 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26139 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26140 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26142 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26143 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26147 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26148 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26149 `sql-postgres-options'.
26151 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26154 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26155 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26156 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26159 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26160 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26161 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26162 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26163 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26164 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26165 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26166 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26168 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26169 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26171 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26175 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26176 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26178 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26179 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26182 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26183 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26186 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26187 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26189 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26190 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26191 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26196 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26199 `default-process-coding-system'.
26201 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26205 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26206 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26208 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26209 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26212 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26215 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26216 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26218 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26219 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26220 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26221 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26223 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26224 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26225 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26228 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26229 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26230 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26231 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26232 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26233 `default-process-coding-system'.
26235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26239 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26240 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26247 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26248 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26249 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26252 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26253 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26254 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26255 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26258 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26259 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26261 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26262 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26263 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26266 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26271 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26273 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22150 28227 270072
26279 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26280 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26285 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 274072 702000))
26286 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26288 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26289 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26293 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22150 28228
26298 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
26299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26301 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26302 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26303 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26304 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26305 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26306 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26307 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26308 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26309 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26310 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26312 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26313 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26314 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26315 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26317 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22182 4679 511463 499000))
26322 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26324 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26325 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26326 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26327 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26328 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26329 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26331 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26333 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26335 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26336 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26337 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26338 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26339 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26340 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26341 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26343 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26345 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26346 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26347 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26348 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26349 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26350 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26351 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26353 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26355 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26356 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26357 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26359 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26362 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26363 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26365 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26367 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26368 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26370 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26373 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26377 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26378 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26382 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26383 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26384 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26386 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26388 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26390 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26391 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26392 See the `strokes-mode' command
26393 for a description of this minor mode.
26394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26396 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26398 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26400 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26401 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26403 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26404 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26406 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26407 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26408 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26409 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26410 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26412 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26413 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26414 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26415 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26417 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26421 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26422 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26423 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26424 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26426 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26429 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22279 37684 392180
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26439 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26440 Studlify-case the region.
26442 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26444 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26445 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26447 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26449 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26450 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22150 28228
26457 ;;;;;; 930072 702000))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26460 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26462 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26463 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26464 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26465 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26466 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26468 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26469 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26470 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26471 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26473 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26474 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26475 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26477 Nomenclature Subwords
26478 ===========================================================
26479 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26480 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26481 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26483 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26484 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26486 \\{subword-mode-map}
26488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26490 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26491 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26492 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26493 for a description of this minor mode.
26494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26496 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26498 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26500 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26501 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26502 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26503 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26504 ARG is omitted or nil.
26506 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26507 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26508 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26512 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26513 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26518 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26519 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26520 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26521 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26523 \\{superword-mode-map}
26525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26527 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26528 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26529 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26530 for a description of this minor mode.
26531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26533 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26535 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26537 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26538 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26539 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26540 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26541 ARG is omitted or nil.
26543 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26544 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26545 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22150 28228
26552 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
26553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26555 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26556 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26557 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26558 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26559 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26560 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26561 original message but it does require a few things:
26563 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26565 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26568 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26569 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26572 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26574 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26576 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26577 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26578 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22204 31687 849113
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26588 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26590 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26591 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26592 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26593 for a description of this minor mode.
26594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26596 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26598 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26600 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26601 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26606 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26607 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26608 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26610 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26611 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26612 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26619 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26621 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26622 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26623 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26626 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26627 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26628 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26630 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26632 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26633 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26634 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26635 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26636 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26639 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26640 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26641 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26643 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22186 51800 574004
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26651 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26652 Insert an editable text table.
26653 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26654 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26655 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26656 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26657 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26658 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26663 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26665 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26670 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26671 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26672 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26673 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26676 +-----+-----+-----+
26678 +-----+-----+-----+
26680 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26682 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26683 width, which results as
26685 +--------------+-----+-----+
26687 +--------------+-----+-----+
26689 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26690 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26692 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26696 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26697 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26698 width information to `table-insert'.
26700 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26706 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26709 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26710 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26712 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26715 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26717 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26732 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26738 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26739 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26740 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26753 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26756 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26759 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26761 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26762 | | |expected results.-!- |
26763 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26766 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26768 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26772 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26774 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26775 Insert N table row(s).
26776 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26777 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26778 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26779 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26783 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26784 Insert N table column(s).
26785 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26786 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26787 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26788 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26792 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26793 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26794 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26796 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26798 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26799 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26800 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26801 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26802 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26803 all the table specific features.
26805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26807 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26812 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26813 Recognize all tables within region.
26814 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26815 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26816 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26819 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26821 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26824 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26826 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26827 Recognize a table at point.
26828 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26829 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26830 the table specific features.
26832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26834 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26839 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26840 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26841 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26842 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26843 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26844 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26845 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26847 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26849 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26854 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26855 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26856 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26857 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26858 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26859 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26862 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26864 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26865 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26866 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26867 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26868 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26869 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26870 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26875 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26876 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26877 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26878 table's rectangle structure.
26880 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26882 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26883 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26884 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26885 table's rectangle structure.
26889 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26890 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26891 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26892 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26893 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26895 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26897 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26898 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26899 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26901 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26902 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26903 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26904 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26905 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26906 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26907 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26909 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26910 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26911 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26912 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26913 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26914 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26915 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26917 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26918 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26919 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26920 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26921 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26922 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26923 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26924 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26926 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26928 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26929 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26930 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26931 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26935 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26936 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26937 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26939 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26941 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26942 Split current cell vertically.
26943 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26947 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26948 Split current cell horizontally.
26949 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26953 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26954 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26955 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26957 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26959 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26960 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26961 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26962 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26964 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26966 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26967 Justify cell contents.
26968 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26969 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26970 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26971 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26973 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26975 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26976 Justify cells of a row.
26977 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26978 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26980 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26982 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26983 Justify cells of a column.
26984 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26985 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26987 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26989 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26990 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26991 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26992 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26993 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26994 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26995 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26996 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27001 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27002 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27003 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27004 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27005 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27006 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27007 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27008 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27009 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27010 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27011 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27013 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27015 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27016 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27017 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27018 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27019 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27020 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27021 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27022 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27023 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27024 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27025 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27026 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27029 References used for this implementation:
27032 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27035 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27037 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27038 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27039 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27041 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27043 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27044 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27045 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27046 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27047 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27048 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27049 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27050 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27051 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27052 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27053 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27054 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27055 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27056 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27057 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27058 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27059 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27064 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27065 (table-forward-cell 15)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27067 (table-forward-cell 16)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27069 (table-forward-cell 1)
27070 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27073 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27074 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27075 (table-forward-cell 1)
27076 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27078 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27080 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27081 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27082 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27083 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27084 consists from cells of same height.
27088 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27089 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27090 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27091 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27092 column must consists from cells of same width.
27096 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27097 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27098 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27099 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27100 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27101 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27102 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27103 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27104 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27105 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27106 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27107 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27108 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27109 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27110 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27119 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27120 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27121 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27124 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27126 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27128 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27130 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27134 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27135 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27136 of each row is optional.
27141 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27142 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27143 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27144 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27145 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27147 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27148 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27150 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27151 expression and raw delimiter regular
27152 expression, it parses the specified text
27153 area and extracts cell items from
27154 non-table text and then forms a table out
27157 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27158 creates a single cell table. The text in
27159 the specified region is placed in that
27162 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27165 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27166 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27167 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27169 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27170 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27171 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27172 | area and extracts cell items from |
27173 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27176 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27177 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27178 | the specified region is placed in that |
27180 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27182 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27183 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27186 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27187 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27188 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27189 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27190 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27191 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27192 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27193 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27194 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27196 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27197 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27198 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27199 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27201 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27203 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27204 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27205 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27207 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27209 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27210 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27211 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27212 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27213 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
27220 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27222 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27223 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27225 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27227 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27228 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22150 28229 26072
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27238 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27239 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27240 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27241 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27242 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27243 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27244 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27246 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27247 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27248 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27249 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27251 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22150 28228 934072
27260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27262 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27263 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27264 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27265 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27266 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27267 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27269 Variables controlling indentation style:
27271 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27272 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27273 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27275 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27276 documentation for details):
27277 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27278 Controls action of TAB key.
27280 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27281 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27282 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27283 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27284 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27286 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27287 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27292 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27293 Run inferior Tcl process.
27294 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27295 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27299 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27300 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27301 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27303 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22150 28228 406072
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27311 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27312 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27313 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27314 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27316 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27317 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27318 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27319 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27320 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27322 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27324 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27325 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27326 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27327 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22305 18655 603719 883000))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27336 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27337 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27338 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27339 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27340 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27341 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27343 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27346 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27347 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27348 commands to use in that buffer.
27350 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27352 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27355 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27357 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27359 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27360 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27361 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27362 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27363 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27364 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27365 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27366 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27367 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27368 use in that buffer.
27369 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27371 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22150
27376 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27379 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27380 Start coverage on function under point.
27386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22189 64323 280321
27388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27389 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27391 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27392 Play the Tetris game.
27393 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27394 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27395 as to form complete rows.
27397 tetris-mode keybindings:
27398 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27399 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27400 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27401 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27402 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27403 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27404 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27405 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27406 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22197 58438
27413 ;;;;;; 727460 447000))
27414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27416 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27417 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27421 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27422 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27423 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27424 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27425 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27429 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27430 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27431 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27432 if it matches the first line of the file,
27433 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27435 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27437 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27438 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27439 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27440 if the variable is non-nil.")
27442 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27444 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27445 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27447 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27449 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27450 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27451 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27452 See the documentation of that variable.")
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27456 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27457 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27458 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27459 See the documentation of that variable.")
27461 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27463 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27464 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27465 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27466 See the documentation of that variable.")
27468 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27470 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27471 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27472 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27473 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27474 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27476 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27478 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27479 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27480 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27481 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27483 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27485 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27486 User defined LaTeX block names.
27487 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27489 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27491 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27492 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27496 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27498 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27499 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27500 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27501 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27503 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27505 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27506 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27507 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27508 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27510 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27511 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27514 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27515 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27517 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27520 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27522 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27523 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27524 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27528 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27530 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27532 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27533 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27534 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27539 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27540 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27541 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27542 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27544 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27546 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27547 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27549 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27551 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27552 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27554 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27556 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27557 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27558 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27559 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27560 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27561 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27562 says which mode to use.
27566 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27568 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27570 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27572 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27574 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27575 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27576 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27578 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27579 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27580 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27581 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27582 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27583 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27584 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27586 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27587 mismatched $'s or braces.
27590 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27594 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27596 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27597 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27598 tex-dvi-print-command
27599 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27601 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27602 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27603 tex-dvi-view-command
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27605 tex-show-queue-command
27606 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27607 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27609 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27610 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27611 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27615 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27616 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27618 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27619 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27621 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27622 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27623 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27630 mismatched $'s or braces.
27637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27639 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27641 tex-dvi-print-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27646 tex-dvi-view-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27648 tex-show-queue-command
27649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27652 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27654 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27658 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27659 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27660 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27661 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27662 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27664 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27665 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27666 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27667 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27668 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27672 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27673 mismatched $'s or braces.
27676 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27682 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27683 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27684 tex-dvi-print-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27687 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27688 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27689 tex-dvi-view-command
27690 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27691 tex-show-queue-command
27692 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27693 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27695 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27696 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27697 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27698 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27702 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27707 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22197 58438
27715 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27718 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27719 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27720 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27721 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27723 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27724 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27725 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27727 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27729 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27730 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27731 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27732 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27733 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27735 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27737 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27738 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27740 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27742 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27743 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27744 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27745 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27747 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27748 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27750 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22197 58438
27755 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27758 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27759 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27761 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27763 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27764 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27766 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27768 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27769 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27771 It has these extra commands:
27772 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27774 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27775 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27776 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27777 modified version of TeX input format.
27779 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27780 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27781 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27782 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27784 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27785 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27786 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27787 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27788 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27789 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27790 in the Texinfo file.
27792 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27793 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27794 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27795 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27796 move forward past the closing brace.
27798 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27799 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27801 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27802 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27803 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27805 Here are the functions:
27807 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27808 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27809 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27811 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27812 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27813 texinfo-master-menu
27815 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27817 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27818 which menu descriptions are indented.
27820 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27821 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27824 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27825 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27826 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27827 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27829 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27830 be the first node in the file.
27832 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27833 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22150
27840 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27843 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27844 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27845 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27846 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27848 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27850 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27851 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27853 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27855 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27856 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27860 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27863 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22225 37858 570976
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27871 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27872 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27873 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27874 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27875 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27876 `line', and `page'.
27878 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27880 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27881 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27882 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27883 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27884 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27885 `line', and `page'.
27887 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27890 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27891 positions of the thing found.
27893 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27895 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27896 Return the THING at point.
27897 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27898 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27899 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27900 `line', `number', and `page'.
27902 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27903 strip text properties from the return value.
27905 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27906 a symbol as a valid THING.
27908 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27910 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27911 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27915 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27916 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27920 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27921 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27925 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27926 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22150 28229 198072 702000))
27933 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27935 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27936 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27940 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27941 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27942 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27943 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27945 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27947 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27948 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27952 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27953 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27957 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27959 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27960 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22150 28227
27967 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
27968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27969 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22150
27974 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27977 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27978 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27979 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27983 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27984 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27986 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27988 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27989 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27990 The returned string has no composition information.
27992 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27994 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27995 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27999 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28000 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28002 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28004 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28005 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28006 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28007 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28009 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28011 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28012 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28013 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28014 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28018 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28019 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28020 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28024 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28025 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28026 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28030 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28033 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28038 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28040 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28043 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22165 43181
28048 ;;;;;; 139854 955000))
28049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28050 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28052 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28053 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28054 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28058 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28059 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28061 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28063 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28064 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28065 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28066 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28068 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28069 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28070 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28072 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28074 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28075 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28078 * character before point is a space character,
28079 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28081 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28082 characters) from before the space character, and
28083 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28084 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28088 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28089 * character before point is a space character, and
28090 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28091 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28092 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28094 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28098 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28099 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28101 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28102 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28103 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28104 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28106 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28107 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28108 variable will be set to the representation.
28110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
28115 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28117 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28118 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28120 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28121 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28123 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28124 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28125 This display updates automatically every minute.
28126 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28127 are displayed as well.
28128 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28132 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28133 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28134 See the `display-time-mode' command
28135 for a description of this minor mode.
28136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28138 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28140 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28142 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28143 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28146 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28148 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28149 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28150 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28151 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28152 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28157 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28158 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28159 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28163 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28164 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28165 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28166 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28168 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28170 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28171 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22150
28178 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28181 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28182 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28183 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28185 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28186 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28187 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28188 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28189 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28190 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28192 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28193 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28195 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28197 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28198 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28200 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28202 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28203 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28204 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28206 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28208 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28209 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28210 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28211 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28213 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28214 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28215 DATE should be a date-time string.
28217 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28219 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28220 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28221 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28223 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28225 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28226 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28228 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28230 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28231 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28233 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28235 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28236 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28237 TIME should be a time value.
28238 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28240 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28242 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28243 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28244 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28246 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28249 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28250 The valid format specifiers are:
28251 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28252 %d is the number of days.
28253 %h is the number of hours.
28254 %m is the number of minutes.
28255 %s is the number of seconds.
28256 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28257 %% is a literal \"%\".
28259 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28260 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28262 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28263 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28264 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28266 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28267 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28268 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28270 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28272 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28274 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28275 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28277 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22212 25823 511089
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28284 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28293 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28294 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28295 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28296 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28297 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28298 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28299 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28300 look like one of the following:
28303 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28304 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28305 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28306 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28307 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28308 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28309 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28314 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28315 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28316 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22150
28323 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28325 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28327 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28328 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28329 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28330 for a description of this minor mode.
28331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28333 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28335 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28337 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28338 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28339 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28340 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28341 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28342 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28343 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28344 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28345 display (non-nil means on).
28347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28349 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28350 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28351 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28352 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28353 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28354 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28355 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28356 this function is called within a day.
28358 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28359 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28360 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28361 discover the name of the project.
28363 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28365 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28366 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28367 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28368 begun during the last time segment.
28370 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28371 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28372 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28373 discover the reason.
28375 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28377 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28378 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28379 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28380 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28381 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28383 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28385 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28386 Change to working on a different project.
28387 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28388 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28389 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28392 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28394 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28395 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28396 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28400 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28401 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28402 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28406 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28407 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28408 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28409 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28410 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28411 \"relative to today\".
28413 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28415 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28416 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28417 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28418 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28420 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28422 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28423 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28424 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28425 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28426 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28427 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28429 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28434 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28437 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28438 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28439 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28440 the generated Quail package is saved.
28442 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28444 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28445 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28446 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28447 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28448 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28449 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28450 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28452 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22295 25908 202516 451000))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28458 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28459 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28461 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28462 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28463 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28464 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28465 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28467 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28468 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28469 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28471 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28473 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28474 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28475 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28476 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28477 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28479 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28481 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28482 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28483 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28484 in the menu in two ways:
28485 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28486 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28487 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28489 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28490 keymap or an alist of alists.
28491 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28492 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28494 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22315
28499 ;;;;;; 11204 757560 191000))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28502 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28503 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28505 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28506 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28507 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28508 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28509 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28510 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28511 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28512 file was last visited.
28514 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28515 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28516 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28517 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28518 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28519 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28520 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28521 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28522 for the first item.
28524 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28525 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28526 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28527 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28528 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28529 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28530 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28531 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28533 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28534 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28535 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28536 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28537 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28539 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28541 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28542 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28548 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28549 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28551 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28555 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28556 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28558 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22150 28229 202072
28566 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28568 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28569 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28570 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28574 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28575 Add an item to the tool bar.
28576 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28577 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28578 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28579 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28581 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28582 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28583 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28584 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28586 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28587 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28589 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28592 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28593 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28594 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28595 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28596 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28598 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28599 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28600 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28601 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28603 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28606 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28607 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28608 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28609 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28610 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28611 properties to add to the binding.
28613 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28615 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28616 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28618 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28620 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28621 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28622 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28623 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28624 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28625 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28626 properties to add to the binding.
28628 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28631 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22150 28227 458072
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28639 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28640 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28641 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28642 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28643 to a tcp server on another machine.
28645 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22150 28227
28650 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
28651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28653 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28654 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28656 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28658 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28659 Helper function to get internal values.
28660 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28662 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28664 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28665 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28666 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28667 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28669 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28670 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28671 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28672 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28673 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28675 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28676 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28677 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28678 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28680 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28682 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28684 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28685 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28686 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28687 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28689 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28691 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22272 64438 268671
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28699 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28700 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28701 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28703 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28705 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28706 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28708 It can have the following values:
28710 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28711 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28713 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28715 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28716 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28717 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28718 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28720 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28722 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28723 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28724 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28725 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28727 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28728 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28729 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28730 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28731 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28732 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28733 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28734 files which are not really Tramp files.
28736 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28737 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28738 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28739 updated after changing this variable.
28741 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28743 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28744 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28745 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28746 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28748 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28750 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28751 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28752 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28753 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28755 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28756 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28757 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28759 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28760 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28761 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28762 updated after changing this variable.
28764 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28766 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28767 Alist of completion handler functions.
28768 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28769 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28770 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28772 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28773 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28774 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28775 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28777 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28778 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28779 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28781 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28782 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28784 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28785 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28787 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28789 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28794 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28795 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28797 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28799 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28800 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28802 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28804 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28805 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22150 28228
28812 ;;;;;; 410072 702000))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28815 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22150 28228 442072
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28825 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22150 28229 206072
28831 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28833 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28834 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28835 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28836 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28837 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28838 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28839 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28840 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28842 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28843 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28844 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28846 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28847 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28850 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28855 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28858 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28861 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22150
28866 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28868 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28869 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28870 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28872 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28873 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28874 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28875 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28876 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28877 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28878 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28882 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28883 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28884 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28885 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28887 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28891 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28892 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28893 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28894 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28895 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28896 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28897 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28899 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28900 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28902 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28905 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28907 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22189 64323 316321
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28917 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28918 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28919 See the `type-break-mode' command
28920 for a description of this minor mode.
28921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28922 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28923 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28925 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28927 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28928 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28929 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28931 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28932 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28933 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28934 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28935 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28936 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28937 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28939 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28940 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28942 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28943 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28944 reset the keystroke counter.
28946 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28947 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28948 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28949 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28951 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28952 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28953 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28954 `type-break-schedule' command.
28956 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28957 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28958 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28959 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28960 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28961 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28962 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28963 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28964 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28966 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28967 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28968 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28969 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28970 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28972 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28973 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28974 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28975 approximate good values for this.
28977 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28978 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28980 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28981 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28982 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28983 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28984 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28985 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28987 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28988 a typing break occur. They include:
28990 `type-break-query-mode'
28991 `type-break-query-function'
28992 `type-break-query-interval'
28994 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28996 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28997 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28998 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29003 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29004 Take a typing break.
29006 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29007 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29009 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29010 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29014 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29015 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29016 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29017 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29021 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29022 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29024 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29025 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29026 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29027 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29028 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29029 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29030 average typing speed.)
29032 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29033 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29034 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29035 the computed maximum threshold.
29037 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29038 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29039 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29040 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29041 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29043 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22150 28228 258072 702000))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29050 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29051 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29052 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29053 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29054 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29056 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29061 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29064 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29065 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29067 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29070 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29072 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29075 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29080 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29082 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29085 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29090 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29092 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29095 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29097 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29100 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29102 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29105 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29110 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29115 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29120 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29122 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22150
29127 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29130 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29131 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29132 Works by overstriking underscores.
29133 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29134 which specify the range to operate on.
29136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29138 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29139 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29140 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29141 which specify the range to operate on.
29143 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22150 28228 258072
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29151 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29152 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29153 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29154 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29155 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29156 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29160 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29161 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29162 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29164 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22150 28227
29169 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29172 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29173 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29174 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29175 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29177 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
29182 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29184 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29185 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29186 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29187 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29188 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29190 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29191 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29192 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29193 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29194 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29195 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29197 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29198 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29199 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29201 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29202 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29203 the callback is not called).
29205 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29206 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29207 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29210 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29211 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29213 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29214 URL-encoded before it's used.
29216 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29218 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29219 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29220 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29221 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29222 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29223 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29224 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29227 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22150 28229 210072
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29235 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29236 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29237 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29239 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29240 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29241 `url-generic-parse-url'
29242 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29243 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29244 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29246 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29247 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29248 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29249 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29250 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29251 what type of auth to use
29252 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29253 if one cannot be found in the cache
29255 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29257 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29258 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29260 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29261 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29262 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29263 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29264 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29265 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29266 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29267 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29269 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22150 28229
29274 ;;;;;; 210072 702000))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29277 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29278 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29280 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29282 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29283 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29284 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29286 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29288 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29289 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29291 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22150 28229 210072
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29299 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29302 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22150 28229 214072
29308 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29310 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29311 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29312 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29316 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29317 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29318 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29319 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29321 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29322 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29323 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29326 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29328 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29329 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29330 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29332 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29334 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29337 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22150 28229 214072
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29345 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29346 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29348 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22150 28229 218072
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29356 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29357 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29361 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29362 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29363 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29364 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29365 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29367 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29368 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29370 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22150
29375 ;;;;;; 28229 218072 702000))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29378 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29379 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29380 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29381 for a description of this minor mode.
29382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29384 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29386 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29388 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29389 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29396 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29397 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29398 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29399 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29401 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29403 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29404 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29405 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29406 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29407 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29408 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29409 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29410 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29411 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29412 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29414 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29416 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29417 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29418 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29421 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29423 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29424 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29425 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29426 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29428 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29430 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29433 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22229 34898 908051
29439 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29440 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29442 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29443 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29444 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29445 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29446 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29454 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29457 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22150 28229 222072
29463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29465 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29466 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29467 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29468 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29469 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22150 28229
29476 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29477 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29479 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29482 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29484 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29485 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29495 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29496 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29500 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29501 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29505 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29510 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29512 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29514 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29516 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29517 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22150 28229 222072
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29527 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29532 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29535 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22150 28229 222072
29541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29543 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29546 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29548 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29551 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29553 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29556 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29558 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29561 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29563 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29566 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29568 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29571 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29573 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29576 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22150 28229
29581 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29584 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29585 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29587 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29589 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29590 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29591 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29593 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29594 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29595 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29596 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29597 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29598 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29599 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29600 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29601 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29602 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29603 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29604 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29605 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29606 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29608 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29609 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29610 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29612 Here is an example. The URL
29614 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29620 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29621 HOST = \"example.com\"
29623 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22150 28229
29633 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29634 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29636 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29637 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22150 28229
29644 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29647 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29648 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29649 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29650 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29651 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29652 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29654 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22165 43181
29659 ;;;;;; 143854 955000))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29662 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29663 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29664 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29666 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29668 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29669 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29670 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29671 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29673 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22150 28229 234072
29679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29681 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29682 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29683 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29685 If t, all messages will be logged.
29686 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29687 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29689 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29691 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29694 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29696 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29699 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29701 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29702 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29703 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29704 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29705 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29711 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29713 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29714 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29715 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29717 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29719 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29720 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29721 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29723 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29725 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29726 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29728 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29730 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29731 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29735 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29736 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29740 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29743 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29745 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29748 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29750 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29752 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29753 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29755 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29757 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29758 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29760 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29762 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29765 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29767 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29768 Build a query-string.
29770 Given a QUERY in the form:
29777 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29779 This will return a string
29780 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29781 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29784 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29786 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29787 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29789 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29791 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29792 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29793 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29794 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29795 forbidden in URL encoding.
29797 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29799 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29800 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29801 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29802 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29803 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29804 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29806 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29807 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29808 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29809 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29811 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29813 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29814 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29815 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29816 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29817 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29818 should return it unchanged.
29820 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29822 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29823 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29824 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29825 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29827 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29829 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29830 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29831 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29833 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29835 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29836 View the current document's URL.
29837 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29840 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29842 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22150 28229 234072
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29850 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29851 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29852 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29853 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29854 to refrain from editing the file
29855 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29856 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29857 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29858 in any way you like.
29860 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29862 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29863 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29864 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29865 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29866 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29868 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29869 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22150 28228
29876 ;;;;;; 134072 702000))
29877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29879 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29882 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29884 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29887 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29889 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29892 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29894 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29897 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
29902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29904 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29905 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29907 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22150 28228
29912 ;;;;;; 258072 702000))
29913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29915 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29916 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29917 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29918 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29920 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29922 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29923 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29924 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29926 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29928 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29929 Uudecode region between START and END.
29930 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29932 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22341 35254 403552 371000))
29937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29939 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29940 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29943 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29945 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29946 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29947 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29949 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29951 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29952 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29955 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29957 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29958 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29960 If FILE is already registered, return the
29961 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29962 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29963 responsible for FILE is returned.
29965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29967 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29968 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29969 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29970 same state. If not, signal an error.
29972 For merging-based version control systems:
29973 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29974 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29975 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29976 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29977 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29978 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29980 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29981 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29982 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29983 the file(s) for editing.
29984 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29985 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29986 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29987 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29988 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29990 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29992 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29993 Register into a version control system.
29994 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29995 Otherwise register the current file.
29996 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29998 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29999 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30000 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30001 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30002 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30003 first backend that could register the file is used.
30005 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30007 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30008 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30010 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30012 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30013 Display diffs between file revisions.
30014 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30015 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30016 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30018 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30021 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30023 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30024 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30025 repository history using ediff.
30027 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30029 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30030 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30031 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30032 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30033 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30035 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30038 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30040 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30041 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30042 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30043 fileset with the working revision.
30044 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30045 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30047 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30050 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30052 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30053 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30054 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30058 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30059 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30060 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30061 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30065 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30066 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30067 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30068 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30072 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30073 Perform a version control merge operation.
30074 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30075 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30076 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30077 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30079 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30080 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30081 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30082 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30083 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30084 changes from the current branch.
30088 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30089 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30091 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30093 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30095 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30096 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30097 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30098 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30099 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30100 checked out in that new branch.
30102 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30104 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30105 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30106 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30107 named branch in the directory DIR.
30108 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30109 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30110 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30111 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30112 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30113 allowed and simply skipped).
30115 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30117 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30118 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30119 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30120 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30121 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30123 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30124 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30126 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30128 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30129 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30130 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30131 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30132 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30134 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30136 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30137 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30138 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30140 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30142 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30143 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30144 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30146 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30148 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30149 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30153 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30154 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30155 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30156 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30160 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30162 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30163 Update the current fileset or branch.
30164 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30165 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30166 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30167 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30170 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30171 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30172 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30173 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30174 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30178 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30180 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30181 Push the current branch.
30182 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30183 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30184 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30185 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30186 VCS command to run.
30188 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30189 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30193 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30194 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30195 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30196 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30197 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30198 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30199 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30201 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30203 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30204 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30205 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30206 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30207 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30208 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30209 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30210 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30211 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30213 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30215 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30216 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30217 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30218 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30222 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30223 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30224 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30225 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30227 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30229 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30230 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30231 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30234 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30236 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30237 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30238 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30240 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30241 log entries should be gathered.
30243 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30245 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30246 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30248 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22271 43574
30253 ;;;;;; 247751 139000))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30256 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30257 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30259 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30260 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30261 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30262 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30263 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30264 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30266 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30267 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30268 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30269 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30270 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30271 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30272 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30273 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30275 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30277 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30279 Customization variables:
30281 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30282 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30283 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30284 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30285 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30286 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30288 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22150 28229 290072
30294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30296 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30297 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30299 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30300 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30301 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30302 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30304 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30305 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22341 35254 355552
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30312 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30313 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30314 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30315 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30316 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30317 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22150 28229 294072
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30325 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30326 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30327 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30328 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30329 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30331 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30332 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30333 The file lines appear later.
30335 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30336 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30338 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30340 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30342 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22150
30347 ;;;;;; 28229 294072 702000))
30348 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30350 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30351 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30352 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30353 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30354 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30355 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30356 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30357 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30358 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30359 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30360 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30361 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30362 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30363 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30364 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30366 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22305 18655 607719
30372 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30373 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30374 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30375 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30377 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30378 (vc-git-registered file))))
30382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22188 43494 205543 203000))
30383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30384 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30385 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30386 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30388 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30389 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22188 43494 205543
30395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30397 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30398 Name of the monotone directory.")
30400 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30401 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30402 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30403 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30405 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30406 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30412 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30414 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30415 Where to look for RCS master files.
30416 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30418 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30420 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30428 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30429 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30430 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30432 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30434 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30436 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30437 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30438 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30439 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22150 28229 302072
30445 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30447 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30448 Where to look for SRC master files.
30449 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30451 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30453 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22150 28229 302072
30459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30460 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30461 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30462 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30465 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30466 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30467 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22197
30472 ;;;;;; 58438 563460 447000))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30474 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30475 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30477 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30478 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30483 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30484 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30485 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30486 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30488 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30489 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30490 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30493 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30494 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30496 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30497 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30499 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30500 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30501 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30503 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30509 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30510 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30512 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30514 Official distribution is at
30515 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30518 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30519 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30531 ;;;;;; (22197 58438 615460 447000))
30532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30534 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30535 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30536 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30537 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30538 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30540 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30542 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30543 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30545 Supports highlighting.
30547 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30548 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30550 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30552 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30553 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30554 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30555 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30556 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30557 on the left side of your screen.
30558 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30559 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30560 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30561 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30562 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30563 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30565 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30566 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30567 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30568 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30571 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30572 Indentation for case statements.
30573 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30574 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30576 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30577 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30578 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30579 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30581 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30582 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30583 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30584 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30586 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30590 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30591 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30592 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30593 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30594 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30595 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30596 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30597 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30598 comments in tight quarters.
30599 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30600 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30602 Variables controlling other actions:
30604 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30605 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30606 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30608 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30610 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30612 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30613 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30614 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30616 Some other functions are:
30618 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30619 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30620 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30621 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30622 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30624 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30625 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30626 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30627 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30629 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30661 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30662 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30664 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22292
30671 ;;;;;; 49734 746738 351000))
30672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30674 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30675 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30680 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30681 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30682 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30683 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30684 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30685 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30686 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30687 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30688 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30690 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30691 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30692 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30693 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30695 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30696 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30697 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30698 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30699 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30701 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30702 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30706 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30707 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30708 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30712 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30713 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30714 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30715 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30717 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30718 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30719 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30720 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30721 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30725 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30726 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30727 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30728 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30730 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30731 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30732 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30733 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30734 beginning with \"std\").
30736 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30737 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30738 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30743 `--' puts a single comment.
30744 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30745 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30746 with a comment in between.
30747 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30748 out following lines.
30749 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30750 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30751 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30752 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30754 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30755 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30756 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30757 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30758 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30761 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30762 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30763 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30764 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30765 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30766 multi-line comments.
30770 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30771 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30772 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30773 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30776 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30777 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30778 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30779 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30781 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30782 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30783 tabs and vice versa.
30785 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30786 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30788 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30789 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30794 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30795 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30796 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30797 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30798 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30799 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30800 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30801 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30803 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30804 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30805 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30806 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30807 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30810 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30811 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30812 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30814 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30815 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30819 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30820 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30821 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30822 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30823 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30824 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30827 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30828 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30829 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30830 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30833 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30837 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30838 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30839 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30840 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30841 internal signal initializations (menu).
30843 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30844 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30845 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30847 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30848 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30849 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30850 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30851 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30852 in subsequent paste operations.)
30854 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30855 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30856 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30859 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30860 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30861 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30862 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30863 association list with formals).
30866 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30867 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30868 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30869 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30870 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30871 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30872 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30873 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30878 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30882 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30886 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30887 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30888 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30890 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30891 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30894 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30895 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30896 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30897 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30899 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30900 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30901 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30903 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30904 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30905 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30906 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30908 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30909 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30910 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30911 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30912 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30914 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30915 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30916 required by secondary units.
30919 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30920 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30921 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30922 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30923 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30924 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30925 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30926 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30927 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30928 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30929 inputs to this component -> input port created
30930 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30931 outputs from this component -> output port created
30932 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30933 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30935 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30936 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30937 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30938 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30939 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30941 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30942 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30944 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30945 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30946 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30947 component instantiation is also supported (option
30948 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30950 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30951 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30952 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30953 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30954 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30955 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30956 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30957 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30958 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30959 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30960 generating the configuration.
30962 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30963 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30964 configurations in speedbar.
30966 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30969 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30970 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30971 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30972 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30973 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30974 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30975 information. New compilers can be added.
30977 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30978 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30981 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30982 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30983 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30984 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30985 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30987 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30990 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30991 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30992 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30994 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30995 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30996 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30997 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30998 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30999 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31000 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31001 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31002 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31005 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31006 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31007 not (yet) supported.
31008 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31009 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31010 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31014 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31015 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31016 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31017 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31018 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31019 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31020 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31021 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31023 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31024 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31025 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31026 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31027 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31028 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31029 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31030 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31031 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31032 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31033 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31037 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31038 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31039 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31040 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31041 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31042 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31043 current directory for VHDL source files.
31047 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31048 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31052 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31053 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31054 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31055 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31056 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31057 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31058 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31059 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31062 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31063 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31064 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31065 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31066 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31067 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31068 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31070 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31071 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31072 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31073 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31074 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31075 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31077 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31078 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31079 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31080 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31081 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31084 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31085 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31086 highlighted if written in lower case.
31088 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31089 highlighted using a different background color if option
31090 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31092 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31093 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31094 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31095 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31096 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31100 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31101 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31102 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31106 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31107 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31108 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31109 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31110 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31114 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31115 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31117 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31118 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31119 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31120 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31121 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31122 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31123 (used to obtain the port names).
31124 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31125 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31130 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31131 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31135 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31136 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31137 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31138 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31139 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31140 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31141 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31146 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31147 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31148 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31149 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31150 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31152 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31153 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31154 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31155 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31156 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31159 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31160 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31164 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31165 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31166 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31168 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31172 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31173 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31175 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31177 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31179 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31183 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31189 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31190 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31192 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31194 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31195 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31196 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31197 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31199 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31200 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31201 where the latest version can be found.
31207 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31208 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31209 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31210 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31213 The VHDL Mode Authors
31214 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22150
31226 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
31227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31229 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31230 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31234 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31235 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31236 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31237 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31241 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31242 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31246 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31247 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31248 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31249 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31253 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31254 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31258 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31261 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31263 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31266 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22150 28229 322072 702000))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31273 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31274 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31275 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31277 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31279 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31280 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31281 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31282 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31284 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31286 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31287 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31289 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31291 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31292 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31294 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31295 moving around in the buffer.
31296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31297 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31303 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31304 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31305 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31306 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31308 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31309 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31310 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31311 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31312 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31314 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31318 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31319 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31320 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31321 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31326 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31328 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31334 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31335 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31336 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31337 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31338 moving around in the buffer.
31339 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31340 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31342 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31344 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31345 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31346 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31348 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31349 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31350 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31351 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31353 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31354 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31355 own View-like bindings.
31357 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31359 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31360 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31361 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31362 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31363 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31364 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31365 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31367 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31369 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31371 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31372 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31373 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31375 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31376 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31377 own View-like bindings.
31379 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31381 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31382 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31383 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31384 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31385 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31386 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31387 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31389 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31391 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31393 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31394 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31395 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31397 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31398 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31399 own View-like bindings.
31401 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31403 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31404 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31405 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31406 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31407 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31409 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31410 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31411 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31412 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31416 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31417 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31418 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31419 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31420 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31421 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31422 to a repeat count of one.
31424 H, h, ? This message.
31425 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31426 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31427 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31428 > move to the end of buffer.
31429 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31430 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31431 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31432 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31433 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31434 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31435 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31436 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31437 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31438 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31439 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31440 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31441 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31442 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31443 Use this to view a changing file.
31444 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31445 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31446 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31448 x exchanges point and mark.
31449 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31450 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31451 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31452 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31453 ' go to position saved in character register.
31454 s do forward incremental search.
31455 r do reverse incremental search.
31456 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31457 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31458 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31459 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31460 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31461 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31462 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31463 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31464 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31465 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31466 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31467 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31468 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31469 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31470 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31471 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31472 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31474 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31475 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31476 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31477 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31478 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31479 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31480 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31481 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31482 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31484 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31488 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31489 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31490 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31491 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31492 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31493 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31494 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31495 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31496 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31498 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31500 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31502 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31503 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31504 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31505 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31506 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31507 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31509 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31510 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31511 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31513 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31515 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31517 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31519 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31520 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22150 28227 478072
31528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31529 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31531 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31532 Toggle Viper on/off.
31533 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31537 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31538 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22150
31545 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
31546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31548 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31549 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31550 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31551 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31552 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31553 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31554 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31555 the beginning of the warning.")
31557 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31558 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31559 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31560 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31561 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31562 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31563 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31564 also call that function before the next warning.")
31566 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31567 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31569 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31570 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31571 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31572 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31574 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31575 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31576 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31577 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31578 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31579 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31581 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31582 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31583 Default is :warning.
31585 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31586 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31587 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31588 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31589 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31590 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31592 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31593 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31594 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31596 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31598 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31599 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31601 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31603 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31604 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31605 \\<special-mode-map>
31606 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31607 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31609 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31610 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31611 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31612 can be whatever you like.)
31614 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31615 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31617 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31618 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31619 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31620 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31621 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31623 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31625 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31626 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31627 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31628 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31629 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31631 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22240 5212 92626 379000))
31636 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31637 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31639 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31640 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31641 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31642 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31643 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31644 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31645 directories to reflect your edits.
31653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22150 28228 442072
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31657 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31658 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31660 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31663 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22150
31671 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
31672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31673 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31674 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31678 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31679 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31680 See the `which-function-mode' command
31681 for a description of this minor mode.
31682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31684 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31686 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31688 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31689 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31691 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31692 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31694 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31695 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31696 in certain major modes.
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22311 14139 310375
31704 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31705 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31707 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31708 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31710 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31711 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31713 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31714 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31718 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31719 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31721 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31722 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31724 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31725 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31726 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31727 use `whitespace-mode'.
31729 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31733 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31734 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31735 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31736 for a description of this minor mode.
31737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31739 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31741 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31743 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31744 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31746 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31747 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31749 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31750 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31754 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31755 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31756 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31757 for a description of this minor mode.
31758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31760 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31762 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31764 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31765 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31767 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31768 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31770 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31771 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31772 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31773 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31775 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31780 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31782 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31783 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31785 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31786 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31788 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31792 f toggle face visualization
31793 t toggle TAB visualization
31794 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31795 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31796 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31797 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31798 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31799 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31800 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31801 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31802 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31803 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31804 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31805 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31806 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31807 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31808 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31809 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31811 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31812 T toggle TAB visualization
31813 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31814 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31816 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31817 ? display brief help
31819 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31820 The valid symbols are:
31822 face toggle face visualization
31823 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31824 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31825 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31826 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31827 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31828 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31829 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31830 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31831 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31832 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31833 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31834 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31835 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31836 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31837 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31838 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31839 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31841 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31842 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31843 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31845 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31847 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31851 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31852 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31854 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31855 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31857 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31858 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31860 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31864 f toggle face visualization
31865 t toggle TAB visualization
31866 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31867 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31868 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31869 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31870 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31871 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31872 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31873 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31874 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31875 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31876 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31877 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31878 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31879 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31880 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31881 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31883 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31884 T toggle TAB visualization
31885 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31886 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31888 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31889 ? display brief help
31891 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31892 The valid symbols are:
31894 face toggle face visualization
31895 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31896 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31897 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31898 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31899 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31900 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31901 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31902 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31903 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31904 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31905 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31906 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31907 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31908 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31909 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31910 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31911 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31913 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31914 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31915 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31917 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31919 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31923 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31924 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31926 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31927 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31928 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31929 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31930 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31932 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31934 The problems cleaned up are:
31936 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31937 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31939 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31941 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31944 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31946 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31947 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31949 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31953 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31954 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31956 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31958 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31960 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31962 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31964 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31965 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31966 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31967 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31968 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31969 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31970 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31971 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31973 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31978 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31979 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31981 The problems cleaned up are:
31983 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31986 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31988 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31989 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31991 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31994 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31995 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31996 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31997 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31998 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32000 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32002 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32004 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32006 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32007 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32008 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32009 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32010 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32011 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32012 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32013 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32015 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32018 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32020 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32021 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32023 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32025 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32027 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32028 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32030 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32033 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32034 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32035 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32043 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32044 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32047 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32049 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32050 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32051 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32052 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32053 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32054 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32055 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32057 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32058 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32059 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32060 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32061 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32062 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32063 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32065 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32066 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32067 cleaning up these problems.
32069 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22150 28229 326072
32075 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32077 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32078 Browse the widget under point.
32082 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32083 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32085 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32087 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32088 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32090 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32092 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32093 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32095 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32096 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22150 28229 330072
32104 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32106 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32107 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32109 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32111 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32112 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32113 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32115 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32117 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32118 Create widget of TYPE.
32119 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32121 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32123 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32126 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32128 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32129 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32131 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32133 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32134 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32135 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32136 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32138 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32139 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22150 28229 330072
32147 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32149 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32150 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32151 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32152 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32153 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32154 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32155 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32159 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32160 Select the window above the current one.
32161 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32162 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32163 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32164 negative ARG) of the current window.
32165 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32169 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32170 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32171 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32172 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32173 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32174 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32175 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32179 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32180 Select the window below the current one.
32181 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32182 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32183 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32184 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32185 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32189 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32190 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32191 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32192 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32194 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22311 14139 326375 715000))
32199 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32201 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32202 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32203 See the `winner-mode' command
32204 for a description of this minor mode.
32205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32207 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32209 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32211 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32212 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32213 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32214 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32215 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32217 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32218 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32219 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32220 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32221 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32222 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22216 22853 52596 491000))
32229 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32230 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32232 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32233 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32234 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32235 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32236 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32238 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32240 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32241 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32242 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32243 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32244 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32245 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32246 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32247 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32249 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32250 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32252 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32254 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32255 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32259 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32260 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32261 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32262 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32263 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32264 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32265 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32266 `woman' command for further details.
32268 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32270 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32271 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32273 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22249 52924 872284 99000))
32278 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32280 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32281 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32282 Return the top node with all its children.
32283 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32285 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32286 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32287 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32289 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32291 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32292 namespace to URIs instead.
32294 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32295 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32297 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32299 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32301 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32303 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32304 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32305 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32306 not contain well-formed XML.
32308 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32309 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32310 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32311 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32312 element of the list.
32313 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32314 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32315 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32317 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32319 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32320 namespace to URIs instead.
32322 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32323 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32325 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32327 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32329 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22150 28228 462072
32335 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32337 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32338 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32339 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32340 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32341 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32342 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32343 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32344 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32345 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32346 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32348 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22319 8247 203689
32354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32356 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32361 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32362 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32366 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32367 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32371 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32372 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32373 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32376 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32377 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32378 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32379 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32381 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32383 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32384 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32386 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32388 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32389 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32391 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32393 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32394 Find references to the identifier at point.
32395 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32397 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32399 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32400 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32401 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32403 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32404 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32405 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32406 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32407 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32408 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32409 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32411 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32412 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32413 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32414 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32416 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22290 7990 504790
32422 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32424 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32425 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32426 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32427 for a description of this minor mode.
32428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32429 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32430 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32432 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32434 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32435 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32440 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32441 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32442 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32443 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32444 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32445 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22327 2357 177818 859000))
32452 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32454 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32455 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32456 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32457 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
32464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32466 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32467 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32471 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32472 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
32479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32481 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32482 Zone out, completely.
32488 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22349 29401 586989 559000))
32699 (provide 'loaddefs)
32700 ;; Local Variables:
32701 ;; version-control: never
32702 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32703 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32706 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here